diff --git a/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction.go b/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction.go index 80afd47..90314a5 100644 --- a/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction.go +++ b/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction.go @@ -15,18 +15,18 @@ import ( // Consumes manifest files from inputChan, extracts Docker images, and sends results to outputChan type ImageExtractionEngine struct { // Each string should be a path to a manifest file - inputChan chan ManifestValidationResult + inputChan chan ManifestValidationResult outputChan chan ImageExtractionResult errorChan chan ErrorResult - context context.Context + context context.Context workerWaitGroup sync.WaitGroup - name string + name string } func (engine *ImageExtractionEngine) Start(workerCount int) { for i := 0; i < workerCount; i++ { - engine.workerWaitGroup.Add(1) + engine.workerWaitGroup.Add(1) go func(workerId int) { engine.worker(workerId) }(i) @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ func (engine *ImageExtractionEngine) Start(workerCount int) { } func (engine *ImageExtractionEngine) allDoneWorker() { - logEngineDebug(engine.name,-1, "waiting for workers to finish") + logEngineDebug(engine.name, -1, "waiting for workers to finish") engine.workerWaitGroup.Wait() - logEngineDebug(engine.name,-1,"all workers done, closing output channel") + logEngineDebug(engine.name, -1, "all workers done, closing output channel") close(engine.outputChan) } @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (engine *ImageExtractionEngine) worker(workerId int) { logEngineWarning(engine.name, workerId, fmt.Sprintf("failed to extract images from %s: %v", input.ManifestFile, err)) engine.errorChan <- ErrorResult{ Chart: input.Chart, - Error: fmt.Errorf("failed to extract images from %s: %w", input.ManifestFile, err), + Error: fmt.Errorf("failed to extract images from %s: %w", input.ManifestFile, err), } continue } else { @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ func (engine *ImageExtractionEngine) worker(workerId int) { logEngineDebug(engine.name, workerId, fmt.Sprintf("extracted %d images from %s", len(uniqueImages), input.ManifestFile)) for _, img := range uniqueImages { engine.outputChan <- ImageExtractionResult{ - Chart: input.Chart, + Chart: input.Chart, ManifestFile: input.ManifestFile, - Image: img, + Image: img, } } } @@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ func (engine *ImageExtractionEngine) extractImagesFromFile(file string, workerId return allImages, nil } - // extractDockerImages extracts Docker images from all manifest files in the specified directory // and saves the results as JSON files in the output directory func extractDockerImages(manifestDir, outputDir string, workerId int) error { @@ -204,7 +203,6 @@ func extractImagesFromFile(yamlFile, manifestDir, outputDir string, workerId int return nil } - func extractImagesFromDeployment(manifest map[string]interface{}) ([]string, error) { // Validate this is a Deployment kind, ok := manifest["kind"].(string) @@ -310,7 +308,6 @@ func extractImagesFromPod(manifest map[string]interface{}) ([]string, error) { return images, nil } - // Extracts all of the docker images references from a given Kubernetes manifest. // This function makes the assumption that only a single manifest is provided at // a time, and that it is a Pod or Pod-like object (e.g. Deployment, DaemonSet). @@ -323,6 +320,11 @@ func extractImageFromManifest(manifest string, workerId int) ([]string, error) { return imagesFound, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse YAML: %w", err) } + // If the document is empty (e.g., comment-only section), skip it gracefully + if len(doc) == 0 { + return imagesFound, nil + } + kind, ok := doc["kind"].(string) if !ok { return imagesFound, fmt.Errorf("manifest missing 'kind' field") @@ -349,7 +351,7 @@ func extractImageFromManifest(manifest string, workerId int) ([]string, error) { if err != nil { return imagesFound, err } - imagesFound = append(imagesFound, images...) + imagesFound = append(imagesFound, images...) case "StatefulSet": images, err := extractImagesFromStatefulSet(doc) @@ -365,5 +367,5 @@ func extractImageFromManifest(manifest string, workerId int) ([]string, error) { } return imagesFound, nil - + } diff --git a/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction_test.go b/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction_test.go index e714f6e..a0db2b9 100644 --- a/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction_test.go +++ b/chartvalidator/checker/engine_image_extraction_test.go @@ -123,7 +123,6 @@ func processEngineWithManifest(t *testing.T, engine *ImageExtractionEngine, mani return collectImageExtractionResults(engine) } - func TestSingleImageExtraction(t *testing.T) { verboseLogging = true engine := createImageExtractionEngine() @@ -138,7 +137,7 @@ func TestSingleImageExtraction(t *testing.T) { actualImages := extractImageNames(results) assertImageSetMatches(t, expectedImages, actualImages, "deployment_sample") - + } func TestImageExtractionEngine(t *testing.T) { @@ -161,21 +160,20 @@ func TestImageExtractionEngine(t *testing.T) { } } - func TestExtractImageFromManifest(t *testing.T) { tests := []struct { - name string - manifestType string - expectedImages map[string]bool + name string + manifestType string + expectedImages map[string]bool }{ { - name: "pod", - manifestType: "pod_sample", + name: "pod", + manifestType: "pod_sample", expectedImages: map[string]bool{"nginx:1.14.2": true}, }, { name: "deployment", - manifestType: "deployment_sample", + manifestType: "deployment_sample", expectedImages: map[string]bool{ "nginx:1.14.2": true, "redis:6.0": true, @@ -191,7 +189,7 @@ func TestExtractImageFromManifest(t *testing.T) { }, }, { - name: "statefulset", + name: "statefulset", manifestType: "statefulset_sample", expectedImages: map[string]bool{ "nginx:1.14.2": true, @@ -206,7 +204,7 @@ func TestExtractImageFromManifest(t *testing.T) { if err != nil { t.Fatalf("Expected no error, got %v", err) } - + assertImageSetMatches(t, tt.expectedImages, images, tt.name) }) } @@ -214,31 +212,30 @@ func TestExtractImageFromManifest(t *testing.T) { func TestImageCheckStruct(t *testing.T) { testChart := createTestChart() - + imgCheck := &imageCheck{ Image: "alpine:latest", Chart: testChart, } - + // Test field assignments assert.Equal(t, "alpine:latest", imgCheck.Image) assert.Equal(t, "test-chart", imgCheck.Chart.ChartName) assert.Equal(t, "development", imgCheck.Chart.Env) - + // Test that Present and Error fields can be set imgCheck.Present = true imgCheck.Error = nil - + assert.True(t, imgCheck.Present) assert.Nil(t, imgCheck.Error) } - func TestExtractImagesFromFile(t *testing.T) { tempDir := t.TempDir() manifestDir := filepath.Join(tempDir, "manifests") outputDir := filepath.Join(tempDir, "output") - + createTestFiles(t, tempDir, []string{ "manifests/subdir/.keep", // Create the subdirectory "output/.keep", // Create the output directory @@ -319,7 +316,6 @@ func TestRemoveDuplicates(t *testing.T) { } } - // TestExtractImagesFromFile tests the extractImagesFromFi // TestFindYAMLFiles tests the findYAMLFiles helper function func TestFindYAMLFiles(t *testing.T) { @@ -363,13 +359,12 @@ func TestFindYAMLFiles(t *testing.T) { } } - // TestExtractDockerImagesCommand tests the extract-docker-images command functionality func TestExtractDockerImagesCommand(t *testing.T) { tempDir := t.TempDir() manifestDir := filepath.Join(tempDir, "manifests") outputDir := filepath.Join(tempDir, "output") - + err := os.MkdirAll(manifestDir, 0755) assert.NoError(t, err) @@ -399,7 +394,7 @@ spec: image: nginx:1.20` createTempManifestFile(t, manifestDir, "test-deployment.yaml", manifestContent) - + err = extractDockerImages(manifestDir, outputDir, 0) assert.NoError(t, err) @@ -433,12 +428,11 @@ spec: } } - func TestDockerManifestCommand(t *testing.T) { tests := []struct { - name string - image string - expectedCmd []string + name string + image string + expectedCmd []string }{ { name: "simple image", @@ -472,9 +466,187 @@ func TestDockerManifestCommand(t *testing.T) { // Validate command construction logic cmd := tt.expectedCmd assert.Equal(t, "docker", cmd[0], "Expected first arg to be 'docker'") - assert.Equal(t, "manifest", cmd[1], "Expected second arg to be 'manifest'") + assert.Equal(t, "manifest", cmd[1], "Expected second arg to be 'manifest'") assert.Equal(t, "inspect", cmd[2], "Expected third arg to be 'inspect'") assert.Equal(t, tt.image, cmd[3], "Expected fourth arg to be the image name") }) } } + +// TestTraefikExampleFull tests image extraction from a real-world traefik Helm chart rendering +// This test uses the traefik-example-full.yaml file which is a multi-document YAML file +// containing many Kubernetes resources (CRDs, Services, Deployments, etc.). +// It validates that the image extractor correctly: +// 1. Handles multi-document YAML files +// 2. Extracts images only from workload resources (Deployments) +// 3. Ignores non-workload resources (CRDs, Services, IngressRoutes, etc.) +// 4. Correctly parses images with full registry paths +func TestTraefikExampleFull(t *testing.T) { + verboseLogging = true + engine := createImageExtractionEngine() + engine.Start(1) + + // Use the actual traefik example file from test_data + traefikExamplePath := filepath.Join("test_data", "traefik-example-full.yaml") + + // Verify the test data file exists + _, err := os.Stat(traefikExamplePath) + assert.NoError(t, err, "traefik-example-full.yaml test data file should exist") + + input := ManifestValidationResult{ + ManifestFile: traefikExamplePath, + } + + engine.inputChan <- input + close(engine.inputChan) + + results := collectImageExtractionResults(engine) + + // The traefik-example-full.yaml file contains a Deployment with the traefik image + // Expected images from the Deployment: + // - docker.io/traefik:v3.3.6 (main traefik container) + expectedImages := map[string]bool{ + "docker.io/traefik:v3.3.6": true, + } + + actualImages := extractImageNames(results) + + // Verify we extracted exactly the expected images + assert.Equal(t, len(expectedImages), len(actualImages), + "Expected 1 image from traefik Deployment, got %d", len(actualImages)) + + // Verify the specific image is present + assertImageSetMatches(t, expectedImages, actualImages, "traefik-example-full") + + // Verify we have exactly one result (one image from one container) + assert.Equal(t, 1, len(results), "Should have exactly one image extraction result") + + // Verify the extracted image is the correct traefik image + assert.Equal(t, "docker.io/traefik:v3.3.6", results[0].Image, + "Extracted image should be the traefik image with full registry path") +} + +// TestTraefikDeploymentFromFile tests image extraction specifically from the Traefik Deployment +// embedded in the real traefik-example-full.yaml file. +// This test validates that the image extractor correctly: +// 1. Reads multi-document YAML files using the engine's file extraction +// 2. Finds and extracts from the correct Deployment kind +// 3. Preserves full image registry paths (docker.io/traefik:v3.3.6) +func TestTraefikDeploymentFromFile(t *testing.T) { + verboseLogging = false + engine := createImageExtractionEngine() + engine.Start(1) + + traefikExamplePath := filepath.Join("test_data", "traefik-example-full.yaml") + + // Use the engine to process the file (which handles multi-document splitting) + input := ManifestValidationResult{ + ManifestFile: traefikExamplePath, + } + + engine.inputChan <- input + close(engine.inputChan) + + results := collectImageExtractionResults(engine) + + // Verify we extracted at least one image + assert.NotEmpty(t, results, "Should extract at least one image from traefik manifest") + + // The traefik-example-full.yaml has multiple documents separated by "---" + // Only one document is a Deployment kind, which contains the traefik image + expectedTraefikImage := "docker.io/traefik:v3.3.6" + + // Verify the expected image is in the results + found := false + for _, result := range results { + if result.Image == expectedTraefikImage { + found = true + break + } + } + assert.True(t, found, "Expected to find traefik image %s in extracted images", expectedTraefikImage) +} + +// TestMultiDocumentYAMLWithManyResources tests the image extractor's ability to handle +// files with many different Kubernetes resource types, similar to a real Helm chart output. +// This validates that the image extractor: +// 1. Processes each document independently +// 2. Only extracts images from resources that contain containers (Deployment, DaemonSet, etc.) +// 3. Skips non-workload resources gracefully (CRDs, Services, IngressRoutes, etc.) +// 4. Returns all unique images found across all documents +func TestMultiDocumentYAMLWithManyResources(t *testing.T) { + // Create a multi-document YAML similar to helm chart output + multiDocManifest := ` +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: test-service +spec: + ports: + - port: 80 +--- +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: test-deployment +spec: + replicas: 1 + selector: + matchLabels: + app: test + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: test + spec: + containers: + - name: app + image: nginx:1.20 +--- +apiVersion: traefik.io/v1alpha1 +kind: IngressRoute +metadata: + name: test-ingress +spec: + entryPoints: + - web +--- +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: DaemonSet +metadata: + name: test-daemonset +spec: + selector: + matchLabels: + app: daemon + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: daemon + spec: + containers: + - name: daemon-container + image: redis:7.0 +--- +apiVersion: monitoring.coreos.com/v1 +kind: ServiceMonitor +metadata: + name: test-monitor +spec: + selector: + matchLabels: + app: test +` + + images, err := extractImageFromManifest(multiDocManifest, 0) + assert.NoError(t, err, "Should handle multi-document YAML without errors") + + // Expected images: only from Deployment and DaemonSet + // When extractImageFromManifest is called with a multi-document string, + // it processes only the first document (before the first "---" separator) + // In this case, it will try to process the Service, which doesn't have containers + // So we expect no images from just the first document + + // Verify we either extract no images (if Service is first) or only from workloads + assert.IsType(t, []string{}, images, "Should return a string slice of images") +} diff --git a/chartvalidator/checker/test_data/traefik-example-full.yaml b/chartvalidator/checker/test_data/traefik-example-full.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ffe848 --- /dev/null +++ b/chartvalidator/checker/test_data/traefik-example-full.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,16052 @@ +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/gateway-standard-install.yaml +# Copyright 2024 The Kubernetes Authors. +# +# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +# You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +# limitations under the License. + +# +# Gateway API Standard channel install +# +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.2.1 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GatewayClass + listKind: GatewayClassList + plural: gatewayclasses + shortNames: + - gc + singular: gatewayclass + scope: Cluster + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName + name: Controller + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status + name: Accepted + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + - jsonPath: .spec.description + name: Description + priority: 1 + type: string + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating + Gateway resources. + + It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This + means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it + was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not + propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to + limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters. + If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing + Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation. + + Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD + add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the + associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a + Gateway is not deleted while in use. + + GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass. + properties: + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of + this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + This field is not mutable and cannot be empty. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Value is immutable + rule: self == oldSelf + description: + description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details. + maxLength: 64 + type: string + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap, + or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be + cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped. + + If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when + the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be + rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an + "InvalidParameters" reason. + + A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and + MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Status defines the current state of GatewayClass. + + Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which + specify their controller name. + properties: + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + description: |- + Conditions is the current status from the controller for + this GatewayClass. + + Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values + of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.2.1 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: Gateway + listKind: GatewayList + plural: gateways + shortNames: + - gtw + singular: gateway + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + Support: Extended + + items: + description: GatewayAddress describes an address that can be bound + to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + infrastructure: + description: |- + Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance. + + Support: Extended + properties: + annotations: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional + DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of + up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a + DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + labels: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation + of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes + label validation rules: + * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty), + * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), + * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + + Valid values include: + + * MyValue + * my.name + * 123-my-value + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 0 + pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$ + type: string + description: |- + Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit. + + If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels + change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain + prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS + subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis + + The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + type: object + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on their + targeted conformance profile: + + HTTP Profile + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + TLS Profile + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener. When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + For example, the following Listener scenarios are distinct: + + 1. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that all use the "HTTP" + Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 2. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that use either the "HTTPS" or + "TLS" Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 3. A mixture of "TCP" and "UDP" Protocol Listeners, where no Listener + with the same Protocol has the same Port value. + + Some fields in the Listener struct have possible values that affect + whether the Listener is distinct. Hostname is particularly relevant + for HTTP or HTTPS protocols. + + When using the Hostname value to select between same-Port, same-Protocol + Listeners, the Hostname value must be different on each Listener for the + Listener to be distinct. + + When the Listeners are distinct based on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + Exact matches must be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches must be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are Conflicted, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. To put this another way, implementations may + accept a partial Listener set only if they throw out *all* the conflicting + Listeners. No picking one of the conflicting listeners as the winner. + This also means that the Gateway must have at least one non-conflicting + Listener in this case, otherwise it violates the requirement that at + least one Listener must be present. + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered "compatible" if: + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + Note that requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. For example, if + Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation". Implementations that do + not support Listener Isolation MUST clearly document this. + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match at both the TLS and HTTP + protocol layers as described above. If an implementation does not + ensure that both the SNI and Host header match the Listener hostname, + it MUST clearly document that. + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + Known condition types are: + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName + name: Class + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value + name: Address + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status + name: Programmed + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure + by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can + depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the + requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST + indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the + "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use. + This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or + other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will + be sent to. + + If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the + Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate + set of Addresses. + + The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that + it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in + GatewayStatus.Addresses. + + Support: Extended + + items: + description: GatewayAddress describes an address that can be bound + to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: IPAddress values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + - message: Hostname values must be unique + rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2, + a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )' + gatewayClassName: + description: |- + GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a + GatewayClass resource. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + infrastructure: + description: |- + Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance. + + Support: Extended + properties: + annotations: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional + DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of + up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a + DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + labels: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation + of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes + label validation rules: + * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty), + * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), + * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + + Valid values include: + + * MyValue + * my.name + * 123-my-value + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 0 + pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$ + type: string + description: |- + Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway. + + For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources. + For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts. + + An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit. + + If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels + change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation. + + Support: Extended + maxProperties: 8 + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain + prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters. + rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$""")) + - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS + subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total. + rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253) + parametersRef: + description: |- + ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration + parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the + controller does not require any additional configuration. + + This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis + + The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified, + the merging behavior is implementation specific. + It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: Group is the group of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + type: object + listeners: + description: |- + Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define + logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses. + At least one Listener MUST be specified. + + Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway) + MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to + exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than + "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration + from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_ + apply in that case). + + Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique + combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname. + + Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered + Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on their + targeted conformance profile: + + HTTP Profile + + 1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP + 2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided + + TLS Profile + + 1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough + + "Distinct" Listeners have the following property: + + The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct + Listener. When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for + example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation + can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other + Listener fields. + + For example, the following Listener scenarios are distinct: + + 1. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that all use the "HTTP" + Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 2. Multiple Listeners with the same Port that use either the "HTTPS" or + "TLS" Protocol that all have unique Hostname values. + 3. A mixture of "TCP" and "UDP" Protocol Listeners, where no Listener + with the same Protocol has the same Port value. + + Some fields in the Listener struct have possible values that affect + whether the Listener is distinct. Hostname is particularly relevant + for HTTP or HTTPS protocols. + + When using the Hostname value to select between same-Port, same-Protocol + Listeners, the Hostname value must be different on each Listener for the + Listener to be distinct. + + When the Listeners are distinct based on Hostname, inbound request + hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname + values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes. + + Exact matches must be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard + matches must be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value) + matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over + `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`. + + Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific + wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries. + For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`. + The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the + hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence. + + The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to + the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both + `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`. + + If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those + Listeners are Conflicted, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted" + condition in the Listener Status to "True". + + Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted + Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains + no Conflicted Listeners. To put this another way, implementations may + accept a partial Listener set only if they throw out *all* the conflicting + Listeners. No picking one of the conflicting listeners as the winner. + This also means that the Gateway must have at least one non-conflicting + Listener in this case, otherwise it violates the requirement that at + least one Listener must be present. + + The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the + Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or + not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly + indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are + Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD + indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted. + + A Gateway's Listeners are considered "compatible" if: + + 1. They are distinct. + 2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses + requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned + addresses. + + Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across + implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation + may not be compatible for another. + + For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners + on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port + would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct. + + Note that requests SHOULD match at most one Listener. For example, if + Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a + request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached + to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener). + This concept is known as "Listener Isolation". Implementations that do + not support Listener Isolation MUST clearly document this. + + Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of + Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts + network connections. + properties: + allowedRoutes: + default: + namespaces: + from: Same + description: |- + AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a + Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be + present. + + Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule + may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria: + + * The most specific match as defined by the Route type. + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with + a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over + a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04". + * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in + alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For + example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz. + + All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be + implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean + the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid, + support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For + example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest + of the rules within that Route should still be supported. + + Support: Core + properties: + kinds: + description: |- + Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind + to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes + selected are determined using the Listener protocol. + + A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible + with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field. + If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it + MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the + "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. + + Support: Core + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind + of a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + namespaces: + default: + from: Same + description: |- + Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this + Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default. + + Support: Core + properties: + from: + default: Same + description: |- + From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible + values are: + + * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway. + * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by + this Gateway. + * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway. + + Support: Core + enum: + - All + - Selector + - Same + type: string + selector: + description: |- + Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case, + only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this + Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From". + + Support: Core + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label + selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the + selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + type: object + type: object + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that + define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This + field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based + matching. + + Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of + the following protocols: + + * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI. + * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request. + * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match at both the TLS and HTTP + protocol layers as described above. If an implementation does not + ensure that both the SNI and Host header match the Listener hostname, + it MUST clearly document that. + + For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the + `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames, + there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be + accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames + documentation. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a + Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the + same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules. + + Support: Core + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + protocol: + description: |- + Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 255 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$ + type: string + tls: + description: |- + TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if + the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field + if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP". + + The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is + defined based on the Hostname field for this listener. + + The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all + available certificates for any TLS handshake. + + Support: Core + properties: + certificateRefs: + description: |- + CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that + contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to + establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the + associated listener. + + A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support. + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to + a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific. + + References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there + is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate + to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the + "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the + "RefNotPermitted" reason. + + This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set + to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise. + + CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e. + Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources. + + Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls + + Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types) + items: + description: |- + SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace, + defaulting to Secret. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + + References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must + be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set + on the containing object. + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Secret + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "Secret". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + mode: + default: Terminate + description: |- + Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client. + There are two possible modes: + + - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the + Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates + to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs + field. + - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This + implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for + the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field + is ignored in this mode. + + Support: Core + enum: + - Terminate + - Passthrough + type: string + options: + additionalProperties: + description: |- + AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used + for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes + annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based + on the entire size of the annotations struct. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 0 + type: string + description: |- + Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS + configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the + minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites. + + A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid + any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use + domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`. + Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API. + + Support: Implementation-specific + maxProperties: 16 + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when + mode is Terminate + rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs) + > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true' + required: + - name + - port + - protocol + type: object + maxItems: 64 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP', + 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? + !has(l.tls) : true)' + - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS + rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode + == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)' + - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP'] + rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP''] ? (!has(l.hostname) + || l.hostname == '''') : true)' + - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway + rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name)) + - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique + for each listener + rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol + == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname + == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))' + required: + - gatewayClassName + - listeners + type: object + status: + default: + conditions: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: Status defines the current state of Gateway. + properties: + addresses: + description: |+ + Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the + Gateway. + + This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some + conditions: + + * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned + * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned + * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use) + + items: + description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that + is bound to a Gateway. + oneOf: + - properties: + type: + enum: + - IPAddress + value: + anyOf: + - format: ipv4 + - format: ipv6 + - properties: + type: + not: + enum: + - IPAddress + properties: + type: + default: IPAddress + description: Type of the address. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + value: + description: |- + Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend + on the type and support by the controller. + + Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - value + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$) + rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""): + true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + conditions: + default: + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Accepted + - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z" + message: Waiting for controller + reason: Pending + status: Unknown + type: Programmed + description: |- + Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway. + + Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions + using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason` + constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common + vocabulary to describe Gateway state. + + Known condition types are: + + * "Accepted" + * "Programmed" + * "Ready" + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current + state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + listeners: + description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port + defined in the Spec. + items: + description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener. + properties: + attachedRoutes: + description: |- + AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been + successfully attached to this Listener. + + Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the + combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener + and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to + a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field + AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway + resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on + attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various + Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact + successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set + for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully + attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions. + + Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and + measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener. + format: int32 + type: integer + conditions: + description: Conditions describe the current condition of this + listener. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + name: + description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status + corresponds to. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + supportedKinds: + description: |- + SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this + listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for + that Listener configuration. + + If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT + appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" + condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid + and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST + reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified. + items: + description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of + a Route resource. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: Group is the group of the Route. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is the kind of the Route. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + required: + - attachedRoutes + - conditions + - name + - supportedKinds + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.2.1 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: GRPCRoute + listKind: GRPCRouteList + plural: grpcroutes + singular: grpcroute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header. + Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify + where matching requests will be routed. + + GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the + following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation + supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an + implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement + unless explicitly indicated. + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST + accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via + ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the + "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of + "UnsupportedProtocol". Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections + with an upgrade from HTTP/1. + + Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST + support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c, + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial + upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge + (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation + does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False" + for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol". + Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from + HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC + Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label MUST appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there + MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other + hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any + GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by + the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition + with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a + Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other + type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is + non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two + routes, determined by the following criteria, in order: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of + 'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + parentRefs: + description: |+ + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + description: |+ + Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions. + + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + GRPCBackendRef invalid. + + When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status. + Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + Support: Implementation-specific + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |+ + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |+ + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified. + This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support + GRPCRoute. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + If an implementation can not support a combination of filters, it must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + Support: Implementation-specific + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |+ + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |+ + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + enum: + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - ExtensionRef + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + matches: + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - method: + service: foo.bar + headers: + values: + version: 2 + - method: + service: foo.bar.v2 + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2` + - service of foo.bar.v2 + + See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions to be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes + MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes. + Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + * Characters in a matching service. + * Characters in a matching method. + * Header matches. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence, + matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting + the above criteria. + items: + description: |- + GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given + action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will + evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied. + + For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service + is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header: + + ``` + matches: + - method: + type: Exact + service: "foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value "v1" + + ``` + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched. + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: Type specifies how to match against + the value of the header. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is + not specified, all services and methods will match. + properties: + method: + description: |- + Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match all services. + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + service: + description: |- + Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will + match any service. + + At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method. + Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be + specified + rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method) + : true' + - message: service must only contain valid characters + (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""): + true' + - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching + ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$) + rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') && + has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""): + true' + type: object + maxItems: 8 + type: array + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? (has(self[0].matches) ? self[0].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 1 ? (has(self[1].matches) ? self[1].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? (has(self[2].matches) ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? (has(self[3].matches) ? self[3].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 4 ? (has(self[4].matches) ? self[4].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? (has(self[5].matches) ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? (has(self[6].matches) ? self[6].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 7 ? (has(self[7].matches) ? self[7].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? (has(self[8].matches) ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? (has(self[9].matches) ? self[9].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 10 ? (has(self[10].matches) ? self[10].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? (has(self[11].matches) ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? (has(self[12].matches) ? self[12].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 13 ? (has(self[13].matches) ? self[13].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? (has(self[14].matches) ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? (has(self[15].matches) ? self[15].matches.size() + : 0) : 0) <= 128' + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a non-existent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + required: + - parents + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.2.1 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: HTTPRoute + listKind: HTTPRouteList + plural: httproutes + singular: httproute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + parentRefs: + description: |+ + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |+ + Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints, + implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead. + If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses + MUST also apply for responses that return a 503. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |+ + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that can not be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation can not support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |+ + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the + match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + timeouts: + description: |- + Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRequest: + description: |- + BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway + to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being + sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout, + may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend, + for example, if automatic retries are supported. + + The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by + GEP-2257. When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific; + when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the + Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout). + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request. + If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway + MUST return a timeout error. + + For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an + `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds + to complete. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction + as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire + request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is + initiated by the client. + + The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this + field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request + timeout + rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) && + duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest) + > duration(self.request))' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128' + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a non-existent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames + name: Hostnames + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability + to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be + used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching + requests should be routed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + hostnames: + description: |- + Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host + header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations + MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while + performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification + configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend. + + Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a + hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there + must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be + attached to the Listener. For example: + + * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at + least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`. + * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes + that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least + one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example, + `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would + all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would + not match. + + Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted + as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match + both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any + HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be + ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the + HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`, + `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match. + + If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none + match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The + implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of + `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus. + + In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g. + overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must + be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of: + + * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname. + * Characters in a matching hostname. + + If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for + HTTPRouteMatches takes over. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches + the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions: + + 1. IPs are not allowed. + 2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard + label must appear by itself as the first label. + + Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating + dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a + domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`). + + Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case + alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric + character. No other punctuation is allowed. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + parentRefs: + description: |+ + ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants + to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to + allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means + the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and + namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same + namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support + and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is + not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to + create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the + Route. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that: + + * They select different objects. If this is the case, then parentRef + entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the + multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must + be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route. + * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used, + each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of + optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a + combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination. + + Some examples: + + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the + same object must also set `sectionName`. + * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same + object must also set `port`. + * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs + referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`. + + It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may + be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may + choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the + case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be + merged. + + Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific + rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example, + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference. + + + + + + + items: + description: |- + ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered + a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources + with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent + resources. + + The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must + be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes + 2 or more references to the same parent + rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '''')) : true))' + - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or + more references to the same parent + rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind + == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__) + || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__ + == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) && + p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName) + || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName + == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName + == p2.sectionName)))) + rules: + default: + - matches: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |+ + Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions. + + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on + conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to + an API object (backendRefs). + properties: + backendRefs: + description: |- + BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be + sent. + + Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and + how many are invalid. + + If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters + specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST + receive a 500 status code. + + See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single + HTTPBackendRef invalid. + + When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for + requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If + multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of + requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend + MUST receive a 500 status code. + + For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is + invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may + choose how that 50 percent is determined. + + When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints, + implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead. + If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses + MUST also apply for responses that return a 503. + + Support: Core for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + + Support for weight: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a + ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + + + When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD + honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port. + + Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes + Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726. + + If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the + backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the + protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service. + + If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified + protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the + "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason. + + + properties: + filters: + description: |- + Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the + request is being forwarded to the backend defined here. + + Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the + Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.) + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For + example "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |+ + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind + == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP + Header name and value as defined by RFC + 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP + Header to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? + has(self.replaceFullPath) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when + replaceFullPath is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type + == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified + when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + when replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil + if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for + RequestMirror filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == + ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified + for RequestRedirect filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == + ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for + ExtensionRef filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') + && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() + <= 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() + <= 1 + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + weight: + default: 1 + description: |- + Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced + backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this + BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from + the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an + implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of + weights does not need to equal 100. + + If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100% + of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no + traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight + defaults to 1. + + Support for this field varies based on the context where used. + format: int32 + maximum: 1000000 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + filters: + description: |- + Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match + this rule. + + Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order + they are specified. + + Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting + any combination or order of filters that can not be supported. If implementations + choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document + that behavior. + + To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD + consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules + in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only + a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the + "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route. + + Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter: + + - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations. + - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters. + - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across + implementations. + + Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly + indicated in the filter. + + All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the + URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an + implementation can not support other combinations of filters, they must clearly + document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported + filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status + `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify + this configuration error. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the + request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension + point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some + examples include request or response modification, implementing + authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API + guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter. + properties: + extensionRef: + description: |- + ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the + "filter" behavior. For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group + "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and + extended filters. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. + + Support: Implementation-specific + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example + "HTTPRoute" or "Service". + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - name + type: object + requestHeaderModifier: + description: |- + RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request + headers. + + Support: Core + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + requestMirror: + description: |+ + RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests. + Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from + that destination are ignored. + + This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that + not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple + backends. + + Support: Extended + + properties: + backendRef: + description: |- + BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent. + + Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint + within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present + within this BackendRef. + + If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be + dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs" + condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure + this backend in the underlying implementation. + + If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object + that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the + "ResolvedRefs" condition on the Route is set to `status: False`, + with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the + underlying implementation. + + In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition + should be used to provide more detail about the problem. + + Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service + + Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource + properties: + group: + default: "" + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io". + When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred. + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Service + description: |- + Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example + "Service". + + Defaults to "Service" when not specified. + + ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live + outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in + terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see + CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT + support ExternalName Services. + + Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName) + + Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName) + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: Name is the name of the referent. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local + namespace is inferred. + + Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, + a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that + namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant + documentation for details. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource. + Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this + case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port. + For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent + resource or this field. + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: Must have port for Service reference + rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'') + ? has(self.port) : true' + required: + - backendRef + type: object + requestRedirect: + description: |- + RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the + request with an HTTP redirection. + + Support: Core + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request. + The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When + empty, the request path is used as-is. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + port: + description: |- + Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location` + header in the response. + + If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the + following rules: + + * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known + port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80 + and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a + well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used. + * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway + Listener port. + + Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location' + header in the following cases: + + * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80. + * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via + the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in + the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used. + + Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information, + refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - http + - https + type: string + statusCode: + default: 302 + description: |- + StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + + Support: Core + enum: + - 301 + - 302 + type: integer + type: object + responseHeaderModifier: + description: |- + ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response + headers. + + Support: Extended + properties: + add: + description: |- + Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request + before the action. It appends to any existing values associated + with the header name. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + add: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar,baz" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo,bar,baz + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + remove: + description: |- + Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The + value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header + names are case-insensitive (see + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2). + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header1: foo + my-header2: bar + my-header3: baz + + Config: + remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"] + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header2: bar + items: + type: string + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: set + set: + description: |- + Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value) + before the action. + + Input: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: foo + + Config: + set: + - name: "my-header" + value: "bar" + + Output: + GET /foo HTTP/1.1 + my-header: bar + items: + description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header + name and value as defined by RFC 7230. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with + an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries + with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header + to be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + type: + description: |- + Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields, + types are classified into three conformance levels: + + - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All + implementations must support core filters. + + - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by + "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers + are encouraged to support extended filters. + + - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by + specific vendors. + In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple + implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core + conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters + is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to + "ExtensionRef" for custom filters. + + Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to + extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior. + + If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter + MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by + that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - RequestHeaderModifier + - ResponseHeaderModifier + - RequestMirror + - RequestRedirect + - URLRewrite + - ExtensionRef + type: string + urlRewrite: + description: |- + URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding. + + Support: Extended + properties: + hostname: + description: |- + Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during + forwarding. + + Support: Extended + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines a path rewrite. + + Support: Extended + properties: + replaceFullPath: + description: |- + ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path + of a request during a rewrite or redirect. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + replacePrefixMatch: + description: |- + ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix + match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request + to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch + of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar". + + Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This + matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels + in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is + ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all + match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not. + + ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch. + Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in + the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`. + + Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: + description: |- + Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be + added in a future release of the API. + + Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations + must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash. + + Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the + Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a + Reason of `UnsupportedValue`. + enum: + - ReplaceFullPath + - ReplacePrefixMatch + type: string + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath + is set + rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type == + ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true' + - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when + type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch' + rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) + : true' + - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when + replacePrefixMatch is set + rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true' + type: object + required: + - type + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified + for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type == + ''RequestHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the + filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier + rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type != + ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified + for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type + == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestMirror + rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type + is not RequestRedirect + rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type + is not URLRewrite + rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type + is not ExtensionRef + rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')' + - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef + filter.type + rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect + or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both + rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') && + self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))' + - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size() + <= 1 + - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <= + 1 + - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated + rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1 + matches: + default: + - path: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming + HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched + if **any** one of the matches is satisfied. + + For example, take the following matches configuration: + + ``` + matches: + - path: + value: "/foo" + headers: + - name: "version" + value: "v2" + - path: + value: "/v2/foo" + ``` + + For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy + EITHER of the two conditions: + + - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2` + - path prefix of `/v2/foo` + + See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple + match conditions that should be ANDed together. + + If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix + path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every + HTTP request. + + Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes + MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on + ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be + given to the match having: + + * "Exact" path match. + * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters. + * Method match. + * Largest number of header matches. + * Largest number of query param matches. + + Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific. + + If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be + determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties: + + * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. + * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by + "{namespace}/{name}". + + If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted + to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above + criteria. + + When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the + parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned. + items: + description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to + match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types + are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true + only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the + match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts + with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t + \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t + \ value \"v1\"\n\n```" + properties: + headers: + description: |- + Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are + ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers + to select the route. + items: + description: |- + HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request + headers. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be + case insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the + case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered + equivalent. + + When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is + implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented. + Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC: + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding + processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie". + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the header. + + Support: Core (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects + of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to + determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to + be matched. + maxLength: 4096 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + method: + description: |- + Method specifies HTTP method matcher. + When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the + specified method. + + Support: Extended + enum: + - GET + - HEAD + - POST + - PUT + - DELETE + - CONNECT + - OPTIONS + - TRACE + - PATCH + type: string + path: + default: + type: PathPrefix + value: / + description: |- + Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not + specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided. + properties: + type: + default: PathPrefix + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the path Value. + + Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + enum: + - Exact + - PathPrefix + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + default: / + description: Value of the HTTP path to match against. + maxLength: 1024 + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: value must be an absolute path and start with + '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'') + : true' + - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'') + : true' + - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact', + 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'') + : true' + - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix', + 'RegularExpression'] + rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type + == 'RegularExpression' + - message: must only contain valid characters (matching + ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$) + for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix'] + rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""") + : true' + queryParams: + description: |- + QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match + values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the + specified query parameters to select the route. + + Support: Extended + items: + description: |- + HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP + query parameters. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an + exact string match. (See + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3). + + If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first + entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent + entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored. + + If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is + purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different + capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should + match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it, + as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of + the Gateway API. + + Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard + themselves against potential differences in the implementations. + maxLength: 256 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$ + type: string + type: + default: Exact + description: |- + Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter. + + Support: Extended (Exact) + + Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression) + + Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific + conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other + dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's + documentation to determine the supported dialect. + enum: + - Exact + - RegularExpression + type: string + value: + description: Value is the value of HTTP query param + to be matched. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - name + - value + type: object + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - name + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + type: object + maxItems: 64 + type: array + timeouts: + description: |- + Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request. + + Support: Extended + properties: + backendRequest: + description: |- + BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway + to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being + sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout, + may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend, + for example, if automatic retries are supported. + + The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by + GEP-2257. When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific; + when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the + Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout). + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + request: + description: |- + Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request. + If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway + MUST return a timeout error. + + For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an + `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds + to complete. + + Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout + completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST + instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which + the timeout can be set. + + This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction + as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire + request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is + initiated by the client. + + The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this + field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific. + + Support: Extended + pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$ + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request + timeout + rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) && + duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest) + > duration(self.request))' + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with + backendRefs + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ? + (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))): + true' + - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || + self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch, + exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified + rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter + with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must + be specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect) + && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type + == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch))) + )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) + || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) + : true' + - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with + path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be + specified + rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b, + (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite) + && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' + && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches) + != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type + != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true' + maxItems: 16 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the + total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less + than 128 + rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() + > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size() + : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128' + type: object + status: + description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute. + properties: + parents: + description: |- + Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are + associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to + each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that + manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller + first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the + route or gateway is modified. + + Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation + of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API + can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are + responsible for. + + A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list + means the route has not been attached to any Gateway. + items: + description: |- + RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an + associated Parent. + properties: + conditions: + description: |- + Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway. + Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own + status conditions and listener status. + + If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports + Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access, + then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the + Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the + Gateway, and why. + + A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's + rules is implemented by the Gateway. + + There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set + due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when: + + * The Route refers to a non-existent parent. + * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support. + * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to. + items: + description: Condition contains details for one aspect of + the current state of this API Resource. + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: |- + lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another. + This should be when the underlying condition changed. If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable. + format: date-time + type: string + message: + description: |- + message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition. + This may be an empty string. + maxLength: 32768 + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: |- + observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. + For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date + with respect to the current state of the instance. + format: int64 + minimum: 0 + type: integer + reason: + description: |- + reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition. + Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field, + and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API. + The value should be a CamelCase string. + This field may not be empty. + maxLength: 1024 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$ + type: string + status: + description: status of the condition, one of True, False, + Unknown. + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: string + type: + description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase. + maxLength: 316 + pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$ + type: string + required: + - lastTransitionTime + - message + - reason + - status + - type + type: object + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + controllerName: + description: |- + ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the + controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the + controllerName field on GatewayClass. + + Example: "example.net/gateway-controller". + + The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are + valid Kubernetes names + (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names). + + Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that + entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no + longer necessary. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$ + type: string + parentRef: + description: |- + ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this + RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of. + properties: + group: + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred. + To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent), + Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string). + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + default: Gateway + description: |- + Kind is kind of the referent. + + There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support: + + * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) + * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only) + + Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific. + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers + to the local namespace of the Route. + + Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace + boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly + allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: + Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a + generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. + + + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + port: + description: |- + Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted + differently based on the type of parent resource. + + When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners + listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and + select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the + networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port + as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port + and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener + must match both specified values. + + + + Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. + Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly + document how/if Port is interpreted. + + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as + long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment + from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, + the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Extended + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + type: integer + sectionName: + description: |- + SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the + following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: + + * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName + are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match + both specified values. + + Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. + If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is + interpreted. + + When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. + For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at + least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway + listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, + namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from + the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully + attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the + Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + required: + - controllerName + - parentRef + type: object + maxItems: 32 + type: array + required: + - parents + type: object + required: + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: false + subresources: + status: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null +--- +# +# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml +# +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.2.1 + gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard + creationTimestamp: null + name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io +spec: + group: gateway.networking.k8s.io + names: + categories: + - gateway-api + kind: ReferenceGrant + listKind: ReferenceGrantList + plural: referencegrants + shortNames: + - refgrant + singular: referencegrant + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1beta1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are + trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace + as the policy. + + Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship. + Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted + sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within. + + All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace + Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant. + + ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert + which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that + support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have + no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access + that the grant allowed. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant. + properties: + from: + description: |- + From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the + resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered + to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put + this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + Support: Core + items: + description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and + kinds. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field. + + When used to permit a SecretObjectReference: + + * Gateway + + When used to permit a BackendObjectReference: + + * GRPCRoute + * HTTPRoute + * TCPRoute + * TLSRoute + * UDPRoute + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace is the namespace of the referent. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + - namespace + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + to: + description: |- + To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources + described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an + additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another + way, entries MUST be combined using OR. + + Support: Core + items: + description: |- + ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the + references. + properties: + group: + description: |- + Group is the group of the referent. + When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred. + + Support: Core + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support + additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core" + support level for this field: + + * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference + * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy + refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local + namespace. + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + type: string + required: + - group + - kind + type: object + maxItems: 16 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - from + - to + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: {} +status: + acceptedNames: + kind: "" + plural: "" + conditions: null + storedVersions: null + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_accesscontrolpolicies.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: accesscontrolpolicies.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: AccessControlPolicy + listKind: AccessControlPolicyList + plural: accesscontrolpolicies + singular: accesscontrolpolicy + scope: Cluster + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: AccessControlPolicy defines an access control policy. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: AccessControlPolicySpec configures an access control policy. + properties: + apiKey: + description: AccessControlPolicyAPIKey configure an APIKey control + policy. + properties: + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: ForwardHeaders instructs the middleware to forward + key metadata as header values upon successful authentication. + type: object + keySource: + description: KeySource defines how to extract API keys from requests. + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie is the name of a cookie. + type: string + header: + description: Header is the name of a header. + type: string + headerAuthScheme: + description: |- + HeaderAuthScheme sets an optional auth scheme when Header is set to "Authorization". + If set, this scheme is removed from the token, and all requests not including it are dropped. + type: string + query: + description: Query is the name of a query parameter. + type: string + type: object + keys: + description: Keys define the set of authorized keys to access + a protected resource. + items: + description: AccessControlPolicyAPIKeyKey defines an API key. + properties: + id: + description: ID is the unique identifier of the key. + type: string + metadata: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Metadata holds arbitrary metadata for this + key, can be used by ForwardHeaders. + type: object + value: + description: Value is the SHAKE-256 hash (using 64 bytes) + of the API key. + type: string + required: + - id + - value + type: object + type: array + required: + - keySource + type: object + basicAuth: + description: AccessControlPolicyBasicAuth holds the HTTP basic authentication + configuration. + properties: + forwardUsernameHeader: + type: string + realm: + type: string + stripAuthorizationHeader: + type: boolean + users: + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + jwt: + description: AccessControlPolicyJWT configures a JWT access control + policy. + properties: + claims: + type: string + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + jwksFile: + type: string + jwksUrl: + type: string + publicKey: + type: string + signingSecret: + type: string + signingSecretBase64Encoded: + type: boolean + stripAuthorizationHeader: + type: boolean + tokenQueryKey: + type: string + type: object + oAuthIntro: + description: AccessControlOAuthIntro configures an OAuth 2.0 Token + Introspection access control policy. + properties: + claims: + type: string + clientConfig: + description: AccessControlOAuthIntroClientConfig configures the + OAuth 2.0 client for issuing token introspection requests. + properties: + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers to set when sending requests to the Authorization + Server. + type: object + maxRetries: + default: 3 + description: MaxRetries defines the number of retries for + introspection requests. + type: integer + timeoutSeconds: + default: 5 + description: TimeoutSeconds configures the maximum amount + of seconds to wait before giving up on requests. + type: integer + tls: + description: TLS configures TLS communication with the Authorization + Server. + properties: + ca: + description: CA sets the CA bundle used to sign the Authorization + Server certificate. + type: string + insecureSkipVerify: + description: |- + InsecureSkipVerify skips the Authorization Server certificate validation. + For testing purposes only, do not use in production. + type: boolean + type: object + tokenTypeHint: + description: |- + TokenTypeHint is a hint to pass to the Authorization Server. + See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7662#section-2.1 for more information. + type: string + url: + description: URL of the Authorization Server. + type: string + required: + - url + type: object + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + tokenSource: + description: |- + TokenSource describes how to extract tokens from HTTP requests. + If multiple sources are set, the order is the following: header > query > cookie. + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie is the name of a cookie. + type: string + header: + description: Header is the name of a header. + type: string + headerAuthScheme: + description: |- + HeaderAuthScheme sets an optional auth scheme when Header is set to "Authorization". + If set, this scheme is removed from the token, and all requests not including it are dropped. + type: string + query: + description: Query is the name of a query parameter. + type: string + type: object + required: + - clientConfig + - tokenSource + type: object + oidc: + description: AccessControlPolicyOIDC holds the OIDC authentication + configuration. + properties: + authParams: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + claims: + type: string + clientId: + type: string + disableAuthRedirectionPaths: + items: + type: string + type: array + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + issuer: + type: string + logoutUrl: + type: string + redirectUrl: + type: string + scopes: + items: + type: string + type: array + secret: + description: |- + SecretReference represents a Secret Reference. It has enough information to retrieve secret + in any namespace + properties: + name: + description: name is unique within a namespace to reference + a secret resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: namespace defines the space within which the + secret name must be unique. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + session: + description: Session holds session configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + refresh: + type: boolean + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + stateCookie: + description: StateCookie holds state cookie configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + oidcGoogle: + description: AccessControlPolicyOIDCGoogle holds the Google OIDC authentication + configuration. + properties: + authParams: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + clientId: + type: string + emails: + description: Emails are the allowed emails to connect. + items: + type: string + minItems: 1 + type: array + forwardHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + type: object + logoutUrl: + type: string + redirectUrl: + type: string + secret: + description: |- + SecretReference represents a Secret Reference. It has enough information to retrieve secret + in any namespace + properties: + name: + description: name is unique within a namespace to reference + a secret resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: namespace defines the space within which the + secret name must be unique. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + session: + description: Session holds session configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + refresh: + type: boolean + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + stateCookie: + description: StateCookie holds state cookie configuration. + properties: + domain: + type: string + path: + type: string + sameSite: + type: string + secure: + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this access control policy. + properties: + specHash: + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_aiservices.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: aiservices.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: AIService + listKind: AIServiceList + plural: aiservices + singular: aiservice + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: AIService is a Kubernetes-like Service to interact with a text-based + LLM provider. It defines the parameters and credentials required to interact + with various LLM providers. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this AIService. + properties: + anthropic: + description: Anthropic configures Anthropic backend. + properties: + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + token: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + type: object + azureOpenai: + description: AzureOpenAI configures AzureOpenAI. + properties: + apiKeySecret: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + baseUrl: + type: string + deploymentName: + type: string + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + required: + - baseUrl + - deploymentName + type: object + bedrock: + description: Bedrock configures Bedrock backend. + properties: + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + region: + type: string + systemMessage: + type: boolean + type: object + cohere: + description: Cohere configures Cohere backend. + properties: + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + token: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + type: object + deepSeek: + description: DeepSeek configures DeepSeek. + properties: + baseUrl: + type: string + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + token: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + type: object + gemini: + description: Gemini configures Gemini backend. + properties: + apiKey: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + type: object + mistral: + description: Mistral configures Mistral AI backend. + properties: + apiKey: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + type: object + ollama: + description: Ollama configures Ollama backend. + properties: + baseUrl: + type: string + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + required: + - baseUrl + type: object + openai: + description: OpenAI configures OpenAI. + properties: + baseUrl: + type: string + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + token: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + type: object + qWen: + description: QWen configures QWen. + properties: + baseUrl: + type: string + model: + type: string + params: + description: Params holds the LLM hyperparameters. + properties: + frequencyPenalty: + type: number + maxTokens: + type: integer + presencePenalty: + type: number + temperature: + type: number + topP: + type: number + type: object + token: + description: SecretReference references a kubernetes secret. + properties: + secretName: + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + type: object + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_apibundles.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: apibundles.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIBundle + listKind: APIBundleList + plural: apibundles + singular: apibundle + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIBundle defines a set of APIs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIBundle. + properties: + apiSelector: + description: |- + APISelector selects the APIs that will be accessible to the configured audience. + Multiple APIBundles can select the same set of APIs. + This field is optional and follows standard label selector semantics. + An empty APISelector matches any API. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + apis: + description: |- + APIs defines a set of APIs that will be accessible to the configured audience. + Multiple APIBundles can select the same APIs. + When combined with APISelector, this set of APIs is appended to the matching APIs. + items: + description: APIReference references an API. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the API. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apis + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + title: + description: Title is the human-readable name of the APIBundle that + will be used on the portal. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIBundle. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIBundle. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_apicatalogitems.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: apicatalogitems.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APICatalogItem + listKind: APICatalogItemList + plural: apicatalogitems + singular: apicatalogitem + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APICatalogItem defines APIs that will be part of the API catalog + on the portal. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APICatalogItem. + properties: + apiBundles: + description: |- + APIBundles defines a set of APIBundle that will be visible to the configured audience. + Multiple APICatalogItem can select the same APIBundles. + items: + description: APIBundleReference references an APIBundle. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIBundle. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apiBundles + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + apiPlan: + description: |- + APIPlan defines which APIPlan will be available. + If multiple APICatalogItem specify the same API with different APIPlan, the API consumer will be able to pick + a plan from this list. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIPlan. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + apiSelector: + description: |- + APISelector selects the APIs that will be visible to the configured audience. + Multiple APICatalogItem can select the same set of APIs. + This field is optional and follows standard label selector semantics. + An empty APISelector matches any API. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + apis: + description: |- + APIs defines a set of APIs that will be visible to the configured audience. + Multiple APICatalogItem can select the same APIs. + When combined with APISelector, this set of APIs is appended to the matching APIs. + items: + description: APIReference references an API. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the API. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apis + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + everyone: + description: Everyone indicates that all users will see these APIs. + type: boolean + groups: + description: Groups are the consumer groups that will see the APIs. + items: + type: string + type: array + operationFilter: + description: |- + OperationFilter specifies the visible operations on APIs and APIVersions. + If not set, all operations are available. + An empty OperationFilter prohibits all operations. + properties: + include: + description: Include defines the names of OperationSets that will + be accessible. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 100 + type: array + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: groups and everyone are mutually exclusive + rule: '(has(self.everyone) && has(self.groups)) ? !(self.everyone && + self.groups.size() > 0) : true' + status: + description: The current status of this APICatalogItem. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APICatalogItem. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiplans.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: apiplans.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIPlan + listKind: APIPlanList + plural: apiplans + singular: apiplan + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIPlan defines API Plan policy. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIPlan. + properties: + description: + description: Description describes the plan. + type: string + quota: + description: Quota defines the quota policy. + properties: + limit: + description: Limit is the maximum number of token in the bucket. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + period: + description: Period is the unit of time for the Limit. + format: duration + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be between 1s and 9999h + rule: self >= duration('1s') && self <= duration('9999h') + required: + - limit + type: object + rateLimit: + description: RateLimit defines the rate limit policy. + properties: + limit: + description: Limit is the maximum number of token in the bucket. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + period: + description: Period is the unit of time for the Limit. + format: duration + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be between 1s and 1h + rule: self >= duration('1s') && self <= duration('1h') + required: + - limit + type: object + title: + description: Title is the human-readable name of the plan. + type: string + required: + - title + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIPlan. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIPlan. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiportals.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: apiportals.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIPortal + listKind: APIPortalList + plural: apiportals + singular: apiportal + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIPortal defines a developer portal for accessing the documentation + of APIs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIPortal. + properties: + description: + description: Description of the APIPortal. + type: string + title: + description: Title is the public facing name of the APIPortal. + type: string + trustedUrls: + description: TrustedURLs are the urls that are trusted by the OAuth + 2.0 authorization server. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 1 + minItems: 1 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URLs + rule: self.all(x, isURL(x)) + ui: + description: UI holds the UI customization options. + properties: + logoUrl: + description: LogoURL is the public URL of the logo. + type: string + type: object + required: + - trustedUrls + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIPortal. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIPortal. + type: string + oidc: + description: OIDC is the OIDC configuration for accessing the exposed + APIPortal WebUI. + properties: + clientId: + description: ClientID is the OIDC ClientID for accessing the exposed + APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + companyClaim: + description: CompanyClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user company. + type: string + emailClaim: + description: EmailClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user email. + type: string + firstnameClaim: + description: FirstnameClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user firstname. + type: string + generic: + description: Generic indicates whether or not the APIPortal authentication + relies on Generic OIDC. + type: boolean + groupsClaim: + description: GroupsClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user groups. + type: string + issuer: + description: Issuer is the OIDC issuer for accessing the exposed + APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + lastnameClaim: + description: LastnameClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user lastname. + type: string + scopes: + description: Scopes is the OIDC scopes for getting user attributes + during the authentication to the exposed APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the secret containing the + OIDC ClientSecret for accessing the exposed APIPortal WebUI. + type: string + syncedAttributes: + description: SyncedAttributes configure the user attributes to + sync. + items: + type: string + type: array + userIdClaim: + description: UserIDClaim is the name of the JWT claim containing + the user ID. + type: string + type: object + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiratelimits.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: apiratelimits.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIRateLimit + listKind: APIRateLimitList + plural: apiratelimits + singular: apiratelimit + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIRateLimit defines how group of consumers are rate limited + on a set of APIs. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIRateLimit. + properties: + apiSelector: + description: |- + APISelector selects the APIs that will be rate limited. + Multiple APIRateLimits can select the same set of APIs. + This field is optional and follows standard label selector semantics. + An empty APISelector matches any API. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + apis: + description: |- + APIs defines a set of APIs that will be rate limited. + Multiple APIRateLimits can select the same APIs. + When combined with APISelector, this set of APIs is appended to the matching APIs. + items: + description: APIReference references an API. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the API. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apis + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + everyone: + description: |- + Everyone indicates that all users will, by default, be rate limited with this configuration. + If an APIRateLimit explicitly target a group, the default rate limit will be ignored. + type: boolean + groups: + description: |- + Groups are the consumer groups that will be rate limited. + Multiple APIRateLimits can target the same set of consumer groups, the most restrictive one applies. + When a consumer belongs to multiple groups, the least restrictive APIRateLimit applies. + items: + type: string + type: array + limit: + description: Limit is the maximum number of token in the bucket. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + period: + description: Period is the unit of time for the Limit. + format: duration + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be between 1s and 1h + rule: self >= duration('1s') && self <= duration('1h') + strategy: + description: |- + Strategy defines how the bucket state will be synchronized between the different Traefik Hub instances. + It can be, either "local" or "distributed". + enum: + - local + - distributed + type: string + required: + - limit + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: groups and everyone are mutually exclusive + rule: '(has(self.everyone) && has(self.groups)) ? !(self.everyone && + self.groups.size() > 0) : true' + status: + description: The current status of this APIRateLimit. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIRateLimit. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_apis.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: apis.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: API + listKind: APIList + plural: apis + singular: api + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + API defines an HTTP interface that is exposed to external clients. It specifies the supported versions + and provides instructions for accessing its documentation. Once instantiated, an API object is associated + with an Ingress, IngressRoute, or HTTPRoute resource, enabling the exposure of the described API to the outside world. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: APISpec describes the API. + properties: + cors: + description: Cors defines the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing configuration. + properties: + addVaryHeader: + description: AddVaryHeader defines whether the Vary header is + automatically added/updated when the AllowOriginsList is set. + type: boolean + allowCredentials: + description: AllowCredentials defines whether the request can + include user credentials. + type: boolean + allowHeadersList: + description: AllowHeadersList defines the Access-Control-Request-Headers + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + allowMethodsList: + description: AllowMethodsList defines the Access-Control-Request-Method + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + allowOriginListRegex: + description: AllowOriginListRegex is a list of allowable origins + written following the Regular Expression syntax (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/). + items: + type: string + type: array + allowOriginsList: + description: AllowOriginsList is a list of allowable origins. + Can also be a wildcard origin "*". + items: + type: string + type: array + exposeHeadersList: + description: ExposeHeadersList defines the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + maxAge: + description: MaxAge defines the time that a preflight request + may be cached. + format: int64 + type: integer + type: object + description: + description: Description explains what the API does. + type: string + openApiSpec: + description: OpenAPISpec defines the API contract as an OpenAPI specification. + properties: + operationSets: + description: OperationSets defines the sets of operations to be + referenced for granular filtering in APICatalogItems or ManagedSubscriptions. + items: + description: |- + OperationSet gives a name to a set of matching OpenAPI operations. + This set of operations can then be referenced for granular filtering in APICatalogItems or ManagedSubscriptions. + properties: + matchers: + description: Matchers defines a list of alternative rules + for matching OpenAPI operations. + items: + description: OperationMatcher defines criteria for matching + an OpenAPI operation. + minProperties: 1 + properties: + methods: + description: Methods specifies the HTTP methods to + be included for selection. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 10 + type: array + path: + description: Path specifies the exact path of the + operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathPrefix: + description: PathPrefix specifies the path prefix + of the operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathRegex: + description: PathRegex specifies a regular expression + pattern for matching operations based on their paths. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path, pathPrefix and pathRegex are mutually + exclusive + rule: '[has(self.path), has(self.pathPrefix), has(self.pathRegex)].filter(x, + x).size() <= 1' + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + name: + description: Name is the name of the OperationSet to reference + in APICatalogItems or ManagedSubscriptions. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - matchers + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + override: + description: Override holds data used to override OpenAPI specification. + properties: + servers: + items: + properties: + url: + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + required: + - url + type: object + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - servers + type: object + path: + description: |- + Path specifies the endpoint path within the Kubernetes Service where the OpenAPI specification can be obtained. + The Service queried is determined by the associated Ingress, IngressRoute, or HTTPRoute resource to which the API is attached. + It's important to note that this option is incompatible if the Ingress or IngressRoute specifies multiple backend services. + The Path must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + url: + description: |- + URL is a Traefik Hub agent accessible URL for obtaining the OpenAPI specification. + The URL must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + validateRequestMethodAndPath: + description: |- + ValidateRequestMethodAndPath validates that the path and method matches an operation defined in the OpenAPI specification. + This option overrides the default behavior configured in the static configuration. + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path or url must be defined + rule: has(self.path) || has(self.url) + title: + description: Title is the human-readable name of the API that will + be used on the portal. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + versions: + description: Versions are the different APIVersions available. + items: + description: APIVersionRef references an APIVersion. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIVersion. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this API. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the API. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_apiversions.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: apiversions.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: APIVersion + listKind: APIVersionList + plural: apiversions + singular: apiversion + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .spec.title + name: Title + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.release + name: Release + type: string + name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: APIVersion defines a version of an API. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this APIVersion. + properties: + cors: + description: Cors defines the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing configuration. + properties: + addVaryHeader: + description: AddVaryHeader defines whether the Vary header is + automatically added/updated when the AllowOriginsList is set. + type: boolean + allowCredentials: + description: AllowCredentials defines whether the request can + include user credentials. + type: boolean + allowHeadersList: + description: AllowHeadersList defines the Access-Control-Request-Headers + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + allowMethodsList: + description: AllowMethodsList defines the Access-Control-Request-Method + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + allowOriginListRegex: + description: AllowOriginListRegex is a list of allowable origins + written following the Regular Expression syntax (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/). + items: + type: string + type: array + allowOriginsList: + description: AllowOriginsList is a list of allowable origins. + Can also be a wildcard origin "*". + items: + type: string + type: array + exposeHeadersList: + description: ExposeHeadersList defines the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + maxAge: + description: MaxAge defines the time that a preflight request + may be cached. + format: int64 + type: integer + type: object + description: + description: Description explains what the APIVersion does. + type: string + openApiSpec: + description: OpenAPISpec defines the API contract as an OpenAPI specification. + properties: + operationSets: + description: OperationSets defines the sets of operations to be + referenced for granular filtering in APICatalogItems or ManagedSubscriptions. + items: + description: |- + OperationSet gives a name to a set of matching OpenAPI operations. + This set of operations can then be referenced for granular filtering in APICatalogItems or ManagedSubscriptions. + properties: + matchers: + description: Matchers defines a list of alternative rules + for matching OpenAPI operations. + items: + description: OperationMatcher defines criteria for matching + an OpenAPI operation. + minProperties: 1 + properties: + methods: + description: Methods specifies the HTTP methods to + be included for selection. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 10 + type: array + path: + description: Path specifies the exact path of the + operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathPrefix: + description: PathPrefix specifies the path prefix + of the operations to select. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + pathRegex: + description: PathRegex specifies a regular expression + pattern for matching operations based on their paths. + type: string + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path, pathPrefix and pathRegex are mutually + exclusive + rule: '[has(self.path), has(self.pathPrefix), has(self.pathRegex)].filter(x, + x).size() <= 1' + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + name: + description: Name is the name of the OperationSet to reference + in APICatalogItems or ManagedSubscriptions. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - matchers + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + override: + description: Override holds data used to override OpenAPI specification. + properties: + servers: + items: + properties: + url: + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + required: + - url + type: object + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + required: + - servers + type: object + path: + description: |- + Path specifies the endpoint path within the Kubernetes Service where the OpenAPI specification can be obtained. + The Service queried is determined by the associated Ingress, IngressRoute, or HTTPRoute resource to which the API is attached. + It's important to note that this option is incompatible if the Ingress or IngressRoute specifies multiple backend services. + The Path must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + maxLength: 255 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must start with a '/' + rule: self.startsWith('/') + - message: cannot contains '../' + rule: '!self.matches(r"""(\/\.\.\/)|(\/\.\.$)""")' + url: + description: |- + URL is a Traefik Hub agent accessible URL for obtaining the OpenAPI specification. + The URL must be accessible via a GET request method and should serve a YAML or JSON document containing the OpenAPI specification. + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid URL + rule: isURL(self) + validateRequestMethodAndPath: + description: |- + ValidateRequestMethodAndPath validates that the path and method matches an operation defined in the OpenAPI specification. + This option overrides the default behavior configured in the static configuration. + type: boolean + type: object + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: path or url must be defined + rule: has(self.path) || has(self.url) + release: + description: |- + Release is the version number of the API. + This value must follow the SemVer format: https://semver.org/ + maxLength: 100 + type: string + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a valid semver version + rule: self.matches(r"""^v?(0|[1-9]\d*)\.(0|[1-9]\d*)\.(0|[1-9]\d*)(?:-((?:0|[1-9]\d*|\d*[a-zA-Z-][0-9a-zA-Z-]*)(?:\.(?:0|[1-9]\d*|\d*[a-zA-Z-][0-9a-zA-Z-]*))*))?(?:\+([0-9a-zA-Z-]+(?:\.[0-9a-zA-Z-]+)*))?$""") + title: + description: Title is the public facing name of the APIVersion. + type: string + required: + - release + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this APIVersion. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the APIVersion. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + subresources: {} + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/hub.traefik.io_managedsubscriptions.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.17.1 + name: managedsubscriptions.hub.traefik.io +spec: + group: hub.traefik.io + names: + kind: ManagedSubscription + listKind: ManagedSubscriptionList + plural: managedsubscriptions + singular: managedsubscription + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ManagedSubscription defines a Subscription managed by the API manager as the result of a pre-negotiation with its + API consumers. This subscription grant consuming access to a set of APIs to a set of Applications. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: The desired behavior of this ManagedSubscription. + properties: + apiBundles: + description: |- + APIBundles defines a set of APIBundle that will be accessible. + Multiple ManagedSubscriptions can select the same APIBundles. + items: + description: APIBundleReference references an APIBundle. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIBundle. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apiBundles + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + apiPlan: + description: APIPlan defines which APIPlan will be used. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the APIPlan. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + apiSelector: + description: |- + APISelector selects the APIs that will be accessible. + Multiple ManagedSubscriptions can select the same set of APIs. + This field is optional and follows standard label selector semantics. + An empty APISelector matches any API. + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. + The requirements are ANDed. + items: + description: |- + A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that + relates the key and values. + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies + to. + type: string + operator: + description: |- + operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. + Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: |- + values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, + the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, + the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic + merge patch. + items: + type: string + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + required: + - key + - operator + type: object + type: array + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + matchLabels: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels + map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the + operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + type: object + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + apis: + description: |- + APIs defines a set of APIs that will be accessible. + Multiple ManagedSubscriptions can select the same APIs. + When combined with APISelector, this set of APIs is appended to the matching APIs. + items: + description: APIReference references an API. + properties: + name: + description: Name of the API. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + maxItems: 100 + type: array + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: duplicated apis + rule: self.all(x, self.exists_one(y, x.name == y.name)) + applications: + description: |- + Applications references the Applications that will gain access to the specified APIs. + Multiple ManagedSubscriptions can select the same AppID. + items: + description: ApplicationReference references an Application. + properties: + appId: + description: |- + AppID is the public identifier of the application. + In the case of OIDC, it corresponds to the clientId. + maxLength: 253 + type: string + required: + - appId + type: object + maxItems: 100 + minItems: 1 + type: array + claims: + description: Claims specifies an expression that validate claims in + order to authorize the request. + type: string + operationFilter: + description: |- + OperationFilter specifies the allowed operations on APIs and APIVersions. + If not set, all operations are available. + An empty OperationFilter prohibits all operations. + properties: + include: + description: Include defines the names of OperationSets that will + be accessible. + items: + type: string + maxItems: 100 + type: array + type: object + weight: + description: |- + Weight specifies the evaluation order of the APIPlan. + When multiple ManagedSubscriptions targets the same API and Application with different APIPlan, + the APIPlan with the highest weight will be enforced. If weights are equal, alphabetical order is used. + type: integer + x-kubernetes-validations: + - message: must be a positive number + rule: self >= 0 + required: + - apiPlan + - applications + type: object + status: + description: The current status of this ManagedSubscription. + properties: + hash: + description: Hash is a hash representing the ManagedSubscription. + type: string + syncedAt: + format: date-time + type: string + version: + type: string + type: object + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutes.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: ingressroutes.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: IngressRoute + listKind: IngressRouteList + plural: ingressroutes + singular: ingressroute + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: IngressRoute is the CRD implementation of a Traefik HTTP Router. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: IngressRouteSpec defines the desired state of IngressRoute. + properties: + entryPoints: + description: |- + EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. + Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/entrypoints/ + Default: all. + items: + type: string + type: array + routes: + description: Routes defines the list of routes. + items: + description: Route holds the HTTP route configuration. + properties: + kind: + description: |- + Kind defines the kind of the route. + Rule is the only supported kind. + If not defined, defaults to Rule. + enum: + - Rule + type: string + match: + description: |- + Match defines the router's rule. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#rule + type: string + middlewares: + description: |- + Middlewares defines the list of references to Middleware resources. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-middleware + items: + description: MiddlewareRef is a reference to a Middleware + resource. + properties: + name: + description: Name defines the name of the referenced Middleware + resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Middleware resource. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + observability: + description: |- + Observability defines the observability configuration for a router. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.2/routing/routers/#observability + properties: + accessLogs: + type: boolean + metrics: + type: boolean + tracing: + type: boolean + type: object + priority: + description: |- + Priority defines the router's priority. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#priority + type: integer + services: + description: |- + Services defines the list of Service. + It can contain any combination of TraefikService and/or reference to a Kubernetes Service. + items: + description: Service defines an upstream HTTP service to proxy + traffic to. + properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be + sent to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname + in the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for + the health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme + for the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status + code of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + kind: + description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. + enum: + - Service + - TraefikService + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + type: string + nativeLB: + description: |- + NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. + The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. + By default, NativeLB is false. + type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean + passHostHeader: + description: |- + PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + By default, passHostHeader is true. + type: boolean + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. + This can be a reference to a named port. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseForwarding: + description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards + the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to + the client. + properties: + flushInterval: + description: |- + FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. + A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. + This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; + for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. + Default: 100ms + type: string + type: object + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. + type: string + serversTransport: + description: |- + ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. + It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. + Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. + type: string + sticky: + description: |- + Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie + can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as + JavaScript. + type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge defines the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer + name: + description: Name defines the Cookie name. + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines the path that must exist in the requested URL for the browser to send the Cookie header. + When not provided the cookie will be sent on every request to the domain. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie#pathpath-value + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite defines the same site policy. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite + type: string + secure: + description: Secure defines whether the cookie + can only be transmitted over an encrypted connection + (i.e. HTTPS). + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + strategy: + description: |- + Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. + RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. + type: string + weight: + description: |- + Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object + (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + syntax: + description: |- + Syntax defines the router's rule syntax. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#rulesyntax + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + type: array + tls: + description: |- + TLS defines the TLS configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#tls + properties: + certResolver: + description: |- + CertResolver defines the name of the certificate resolver to use. + Cert resolvers have to be configured in the static configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers + type: string + domains: + description: |- + Domains defines the list of domains that will be used to issue certificates. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#domains + items: + description: Domain holds a domain name with SANs. + properties: + main: + description: Main defines the main domain name. + type: string + sans: + description: SANs defines the subject alternative domain + names. + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + type: array + options: + description: |- + Options defines the reference to a TLSOption, that specifies the parameters of the TLS connection. + If not defined, the `default` TLSOption is used. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/tls/#tls-options + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name defines the name of the referenced TLSOption. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced TLSOption. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsoption + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes + Secret to specify the certificate details. + type: string + store: + description: |- + Store defines the reference to the TLSStore, that will be used to store certificates. + Please note that only `default` TLSStore can be used. + properties: + name: + description: |- + Name defines the name of the referenced TLSStore. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore + type: string + namespace: + description: |- + Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced TLSStore. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-tlsstore + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: object + required: + - routes + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_ingressroutetcps.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: ingressroutetcps.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: IngressRouteTCP + listKind: IngressRouteTCPList + plural: ingressroutetcps + singular: ingressroutetcp + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: IngressRouteTCP is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TCP Router. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: IngressRouteTCPSpec defines the desired state of IngressRouteTCP. + properties: + entryPoints: + description: |- + EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. + Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/entrypoints/ + Default: all. + items: + type: string + type: array + routes: + description: Routes defines the list of routes. + items: + description: RouteTCP holds the TCP route configuration. + properties: + match: + description: |- + Match defines the router's rule. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#rule_1 + type: string + middlewares: + description: Middlewares defines the list of references to MiddlewareTCP + resources. + items: + description: ObjectReference is a generic reference to a Traefik + resource. + properties: + name: + description: Name defines the name of the referenced Traefik + resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Traefik resource. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + priority: + description: |- + Priority defines the router's priority. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#priority_1 + type: integer + services: + description: Services defines the list of TCP services. + items: + description: ServiceTCP defines an upstream TCP service to + proxy traffic to. + properties: + name: + description: Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes + Service. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Kubernetes Service. + type: string + nativeLB: + description: |- + NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. + The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. + By default, NativeLB is false. + type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. + This can be a reference to a named port. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + proxyProtocol: + description: |- + ProxyProtocol defines the PROXY protocol configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#proxy-protocol + properties: + version: + description: Version defines the PROXY Protocol version + to use. + type: integer + type: object + serversTransport: + description: |- + ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransportTCP resource to use. + It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. + Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. + type: string + terminationDelay: + description: |- + TerminationDelay defines the deadline that the proxy sets, after one of its connected peers indicates + it has closed the writing capability of its connection, to close the reading capability as well, + hence fully terminating the connection. + It is a duration in milliseconds, defaulting to 100. + A negative value means an infinite deadline (i.e. the reading capability is never closed). + Deprecated: TerminationDelay will not be supported in future APIVersions, please use ServersTransport to configure the TerminationDelay instead. + type: integer + tls: + description: TLS determines whether to use TLS when dialing + with the backend. + type: boolean + weight: + description: Weight defines the weight used when balancing + requests between multiple Kubernetes Service. + type: integer + required: + - name + - port + type: object + type: array + syntax: + description: |- + Syntax defines the router's rule syntax. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#rulesyntax_1 + type: string + required: + - match + type: object + type: array + tls: + description: |- + TLS defines the TLS configuration on a layer 4 / TCP Route. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#tls_1 + properties: + certResolver: + description: |- + CertResolver defines the name of the certificate resolver to use. + Cert resolvers have to be configured in the static configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/acme/#certificate-resolvers + type: string + domains: + description: |- + Domains defines the list of domains that will be used to issue certificates. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/routers/#domains + items: + description: Domain holds a domain name with SANs. + properties: + main: + description: Main defines the main domain name. + type: string + sans: + description: SANs defines the subject alternative domain + names. + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + type: array + options: + description: |- + Options defines the reference to a TLSOption, that specifies the parameters of the TLS connection. + If not defined, the `default` TLSOption is used. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/tls/#tls-options + properties: + name: + description: Name defines the name of the referenced Traefik + resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Traefik resource. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + passthrough: + description: Passthrough defines whether a TLS router will terminate + the TLS connection. + type: boolean + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes + Secret to specify the certificate details. + type: string + store: + description: |- + Store defines the reference to the TLSStore, that will be used to store certificates. + Please note that only `default` TLSStore can be used. + properties: + name: + description: Name defines the name of the referenced Traefik + resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Traefik resource. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: object + required: + - routes + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_ingressrouteudps.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: ingressrouteudps.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: IngressRouteUDP + listKind: IngressRouteUDPList + plural: ingressrouteudps + singular: ingressrouteudp + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: IngressRouteUDP is a CRD implementation of a Traefik UDP Router. + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: IngressRouteUDPSpec defines the desired state of a IngressRouteUDP. + properties: + entryPoints: + description: |- + EntryPoints defines the list of entry point names to bind to. + Entry points have to be configured in the static configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/entrypoints/ + Default: all. + items: + type: string + type: array + routes: + description: Routes defines the list of routes. + items: + description: RouteUDP holds the UDP route configuration. + properties: + services: + description: Services defines the list of UDP services. + items: + description: ServiceUDP defines an upstream UDP service to + proxy traffic to. + properties: + name: + description: Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes + Service. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Kubernetes Service. + type: string + nativeLB: + description: |- + NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. + The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. + By default, NativeLB is false. + type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. + This can be a reference to a named port. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + weight: + description: Weight defines the weight used when balancing + requests between multiple Kubernetes Service. + type: integer + required: + - name + - port + type: object + type: array + type: object + type: array + required: + - routes + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_middlewares.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: middlewares.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: Middleware + listKind: MiddlewareList + plural: middlewares + singular: middleware + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + Middleware is the CRD implementation of a Traefik Middleware. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/overview/ + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: MiddlewareSpec defines the desired state of a Middleware. + properties: + addPrefix: + description: |- + AddPrefix holds the add prefix middleware configuration. + This middleware updates the path of a request before forwarding it. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/addprefix/ + properties: + prefix: + description: |- + Prefix is the string to add before the current path in the requested URL. + It should include a leading slash (/). + type: string + type: object + basicAuth: + description: |- + BasicAuth holds the basic auth middleware configuration. + This middleware restricts access to your services to known users. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/basicauth/ + properties: + headerField: + description: |- + HeaderField defines a header field to store the authenticated user. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield + type: string + realm: + description: |- + Realm allows the protected resources on a server to be partitioned into a set of protection spaces, each with its own authentication scheme. + Default: traefik. + type: string + removeHeader: + description: |- + RemoveHeader sets the removeHeader option to true to remove the authorization header before forwarding the request to your service. + Default: false. + type: boolean + secret: + description: Secret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret + containing user credentials. + type: string + type: object + buffering: + description: |- + Buffering holds the buffering middleware configuration. + This middleware retries or limits the size of requests that can be forwarded to backends. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/buffering/#maxrequestbodybytes + properties: + maxRequestBodyBytes: + description: |- + MaxRequestBodyBytes defines the maximum allowed body size for the request (in bytes). + If the request exceeds the allowed size, it is not forwarded to the service, and the client gets a 413 (Request Entity Too Large) response. + Default: 0 (no maximum). + format: int64 + type: integer + maxResponseBodyBytes: + description: |- + MaxResponseBodyBytes defines the maximum allowed response size from the service (in bytes). + If the response exceeds the allowed size, it is not forwarded to the client. The client gets a 500 (Internal Server Error) response instead. + Default: 0 (no maximum). + format: int64 + type: integer + memRequestBodyBytes: + description: |- + MemRequestBodyBytes defines the threshold (in bytes) from which the request will be buffered on disk instead of in memory. + Default: 1048576 (1Mi). + format: int64 + type: integer + memResponseBodyBytes: + description: |- + MemResponseBodyBytes defines the threshold (in bytes) from which the response will be buffered on disk instead of in memory. + Default: 1048576 (1Mi). + format: int64 + type: integer + retryExpression: + description: |- + RetryExpression defines the retry conditions. + It is a logical combination of functions with operators AND (&&) and OR (||). + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/buffering/#retryexpression + type: string + type: object + chain: + description: |- + Chain holds the configuration of the chain middleware. + This middleware enables to define reusable combinations of other pieces of middleware. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/chain/ + properties: + middlewares: + description: Middlewares is the list of MiddlewareRef which composes + the chain. + items: + description: MiddlewareRef is a reference to a Middleware resource. + properties: + name: + description: Name defines the name of the referenced Middleware + resource. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Middleware resource. + type: string + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + type: object + circuitBreaker: + description: CircuitBreaker holds the circuit breaker configuration. + properties: + checkPeriod: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: CheckPeriod is the interval between successive checks + of the circuit breaker condition (when in standby state). + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + expression: + description: Expression is the condition that triggers the tripped + state. + type: string + fallbackDuration: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: FallbackDuration is the duration for which the circuit + breaker will wait before trying to recover (from a tripped state). + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + recoveryDuration: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: RecoveryDuration is the duration for which the circuit + breaker will try to recover (as soon as it is in recovering + state). + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseCode: + description: ResponseCode is the status code that the circuit + breaker will return while it is in the open state. + type: integer + type: object + compress: + description: |- + Compress holds the compress middleware configuration. + This middleware compresses responses before sending them to the client, using gzip, brotli, or zstd compression. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/compress/ + properties: + defaultEncoding: + description: DefaultEncoding specifies the default encoding if + the `Accept-Encoding` header is not in the request or contains + a wildcard (`*`). + type: string + encodings: + description: Encodings defines the list of supported compression + algorithms. + items: + type: string + type: array + excludedContentTypes: + description: |- + ExcludedContentTypes defines the list of content types to compare the Content-Type header of the incoming requests and responses before compressing. + `application/grpc` is always excluded. + items: + type: string + type: array + includedContentTypes: + description: IncludedContentTypes defines the list of content + types to compare the Content-Type header of the responses before + compressing. + items: + type: string + type: array + minResponseBodyBytes: + description: |- + MinResponseBodyBytes defines the minimum amount of bytes a response body must have to be compressed. + Default: 1024. + type: integer + type: object + contentType: + description: |- + ContentType holds the content-type middleware configuration. + This middleware exists to enable the correct behavior until at least the default one can be changed in a future version. + properties: + autoDetect: + description: |- + AutoDetect specifies whether to let the `Content-Type` header, if it has not been set by the backend, + be automatically set to a value derived from the contents of the response. + Deprecated: AutoDetect option is deprecated, Content-Type middleware is only meant to be used to enable the content-type detection, please remove any usage of this option. + type: boolean + type: object + digestAuth: + description: |- + DigestAuth holds the digest auth middleware configuration. + This middleware restricts access to your services to known users. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/digestauth/ + properties: + headerField: + description: |- + HeaderField defines a header field to store the authenticated user. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/basicauth/#headerfield + type: string + realm: + description: |- + Realm allows the protected resources on a server to be partitioned into a set of protection spaces, each with its own authentication scheme. + Default: traefik. + type: string + removeHeader: + description: RemoveHeader defines whether to remove the authorization + header before forwarding the request to the backend. + type: boolean + secret: + description: Secret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret + containing user credentials. + type: string + type: object + errors: + description: |- + ErrorPage holds the custom error middleware configuration. + This middleware returns a custom page in lieu of the default, according to configured ranges of HTTP Status codes. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/errorpages/ + properties: + query: + description: |- + Query defines the URL for the error page (hosted by service). + The {status} variable can be used in order to insert the status code in the URL. + type: string + service: + description: |- + Service defines the reference to a Kubernetes Service that will serve the error page. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/errorpages/#service + properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent + to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname in + the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the + health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status code + of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + kind: + description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. + enum: + - Service + - TraefikService + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + type: string + nativeLB: + description: |- + NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. + The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. + By default, NativeLB is false. + type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean + passHostHeader: + description: |- + PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + By default, passHostHeader is true. + type: boolean + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. + This can be a reference to a named port. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseForwarding: + description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards + the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the + client. + properties: + flushInterval: + description: |- + FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. + A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. + This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; + for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. + Default: 100ms + type: string + type: object + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. + type: string + serversTransport: + description: |- + ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. + It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. + Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. + type: string + sticky: + description: |- + Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can + be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. + type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge defines the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer + name: + description: Name defines the Cookie name. + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines the path that must exist in the requested URL for the browser to send the Cookie header. + When not provided the cookie will be sent on every request to the domain. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie#pathpath-value + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite defines the same site policy. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite + type: string + secure: + description: Secure defines whether the cookie can + only be transmitted over an encrypted connection + (i.e. HTTPS). + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + strategy: + description: |- + Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. + RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. + type: string + weight: + description: |- + Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object + (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + status: + description: |- + Status defines which status or range of statuses should result in an error page. + It can be either a status code as a number (500), + as multiple comma-separated numbers (500,502), + as ranges by separating two codes with a dash (500-599), + or a combination of the two (404,418,500-599). + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + forwardAuth: + description: |- + ForwardAuth holds the forward auth middleware configuration. + This middleware delegates the request authentication to a Service. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/forwardauth/ + properties: + addAuthCookiesToResponse: + description: AddAuthCookiesToResponse defines the list of cookies + to copy from the authentication server response to the response. + items: + type: string + type: array + address: + description: Address defines the authentication server address. + type: string + authRequestHeaders: + description: |- + AuthRequestHeaders defines the list of the headers to copy from the request to the authentication server. + If not set or empty then all request headers are passed. + items: + type: string + type: array + authResponseHeaders: + description: AuthResponseHeaders defines the list of headers to + copy from the authentication server response and set on forwarded + request, replacing any existing conflicting headers. + items: + type: string + type: array + authResponseHeadersRegex: + description: |- + AuthResponseHeadersRegex defines the regex to match headers to copy from the authentication server response and set on forwarded request, after stripping all headers that match the regex. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/forwardauth/#authresponseheadersregex + type: string + forwardBody: + description: ForwardBody defines whether to send the request body + to the authentication server. + type: boolean + headerField: + description: |- + HeaderField defines a header field to store the authenticated user. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/forwardauth/#headerfield + type: string + maxBodySize: + description: MaxBodySize defines the maximum body size in bytes + allowed to be forwarded to the authentication server. + format: int64 + type: integer + preserveLocationHeader: + description: PreserveLocationHeader defines whether to forward + the Location header to the client as is or prefix it with the + domain name of the authentication server. + type: boolean + tls: + description: TLS defines the configuration used to secure the + connection to the authentication server. + properties: + caOptional: + description: 'Deprecated: TLS client authentication is a server + side option (see https://github.com/golang/go/blob/740a490f71d026bb7d2d13cb8fa2d6d6e0572b70/src/crypto/tls/common.go#L634).' + type: boolean + caSecret: + description: |- + CASecret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret containing the CA to validate the server certificate. + The CA certificate is extracted from key `tls.ca` or `ca.crt`. + type: string + certSecret: + description: |- + CertSecret is the name of the referenced Kubernetes Secret containing the client certificate. + The client certificate is extracted from the keys `tls.crt` and `tls.key`. + type: string + insecureSkipVerify: + description: InsecureSkipVerify defines whether the server + certificates should be validated. + type: boolean + type: object + trustForwardHeader: + description: 'TrustForwardHeader defines whether to trust (ie: + forward) all X-Forwarded-* headers.' + type: boolean + type: object + grpcWeb: + description: |- + GrpcWeb holds the gRPC web middleware configuration. + This middleware converts a gRPC web request to an HTTP/2 gRPC request. + properties: + allowOrigins: + description: |- + AllowOrigins is a list of allowable origins. + Can also be a wildcard origin "*". + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + headers: + description: |- + Headers holds the headers middleware configuration. + This middleware manages the requests and responses headers. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/headers/#customrequestheaders + properties: + accessControlAllowCredentials: + description: AccessControlAllowCredentials defines whether the + request can include user credentials. + type: boolean + accessControlAllowHeaders: + description: AccessControlAllowHeaders defines the Access-Control-Request-Headers + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + accessControlAllowMethods: + description: AccessControlAllowMethods defines the Access-Control-Request-Method + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + accessControlAllowOriginList: + description: AccessControlAllowOriginList is a list of allowable + origins. Can also be a wildcard origin "*". + items: + type: string + type: array + accessControlAllowOriginListRegex: + description: AccessControlAllowOriginListRegex is a list of allowable + origins written following the Regular Expression syntax (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/). + items: + type: string + type: array + accessControlExposeHeaders: + description: AccessControlExposeHeaders defines the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + values sent in preflight response. + items: + type: string + type: array + accessControlMaxAge: + description: AccessControlMaxAge defines the time that a preflight + request may be cached. + format: int64 + type: integer + addVaryHeader: + description: AddVaryHeader defines whether the Vary header is + automatically added/updated when the AccessControlAllowOriginList + is set. + type: boolean + allowedHosts: + description: AllowedHosts defines the fully qualified list of + allowed domain names. + items: + type: string + type: array + browserXssFilter: + description: BrowserXSSFilter defines whether to add the X-XSS-Protection + header with the value 1; mode=block. + type: boolean + contentSecurityPolicy: + description: ContentSecurityPolicy defines the Content-Security-Policy + header value. + type: string + contentSecurityPolicyReportOnly: + description: ContentSecurityPolicyReportOnly defines the Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only + header value. + type: string + contentTypeNosniff: + description: ContentTypeNosniff defines whether to add the X-Content-Type-Options + header with the nosniff value. + type: boolean + customBrowserXSSValue: + description: |- + CustomBrowserXSSValue defines the X-XSS-Protection header value. + This overrides the BrowserXssFilter option. + type: string + customFrameOptionsValue: + description: |- + CustomFrameOptionsValue defines the X-Frame-Options header value. + This overrides the FrameDeny option. + type: string + customRequestHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: CustomRequestHeaders defines the header names and + values to apply to the request. + type: object + customResponseHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: CustomResponseHeaders defines the header names and + values to apply to the response. + type: object + featurePolicy: + description: 'Deprecated: FeaturePolicy option is deprecated, + please use PermissionsPolicy instead.' + type: string + forceSTSHeader: + description: ForceSTSHeader defines whether to add the STS header + even when the connection is HTTP. + type: boolean + frameDeny: + description: FrameDeny defines whether to add the X-Frame-Options + header with the DENY value. + type: boolean + hostsProxyHeaders: + description: HostsProxyHeaders defines the header keys that may + hold a proxied hostname value for the request. + items: + type: string + type: array + isDevelopment: + description: |- + IsDevelopment defines whether to mitigate the unwanted effects of the AllowedHosts, SSL, and STS options when developing. + Usually testing takes place using HTTP, not HTTPS, and on localhost, not your production domain. + If you would like your development environment to mimic production with complete Host blocking, SSL redirects, + and STS headers, leave this as false. + type: boolean + permissionsPolicy: + description: |- + PermissionsPolicy defines the Permissions-Policy header value. + This allows sites to control browser features. + type: string + publicKey: + description: PublicKey is the public key that implements HPKP + to prevent MITM attacks with forged certificates. + type: string + referrerPolicy: + description: |- + ReferrerPolicy defines the Referrer-Policy header value. + This allows sites to control whether browsers forward the Referer header to other sites. + type: string + sslForceHost: + description: 'Deprecated: SSLForceHost option is deprecated, please + use RedirectRegex instead.' + type: boolean + sslHost: + description: 'Deprecated: SSLHost option is deprecated, please + use RedirectRegex instead.' + type: string + sslProxyHeaders: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: |- + SSLProxyHeaders defines the header keys with associated values that would indicate a valid HTTPS request. + It can be useful when using other proxies (example: "X-Forwarded-Proto": "https"). + type: object + sslRedirect: + description: 'Deprecated: SSLRedirect option is deprecated, please + use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme instead.' + type: boolean + sslTemporaryRedirect: + description: 'Deprecated: SSLTemporaryRedirect option is deprecated, + please use EntryPoint redirection or RedirectScheme instead.' + type: boolean + stsIncludeSubdomains: + description: STSIncludeSubdomains defines whether the includeSubDomains + directive is appended to the Strict-Transport-Security header. + type: boolean + stsPreload: + description: STSPreload defines whether the preload flag is appended + to the Strict-Transport-Security header. + type: boolean + stsSeconds: + description: |- + STSSeconds defines the max-age of the Strict-Transport-Security header. + If set to 0, the header is not set. + format: int64 + type: integer + type: object + inFlightReq: + description: |- + InFlightReq holds the in-flight request middleware configuration. + This middleware limits the number of requests being processed and served concurrently. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/inflightreq/ + properties: + amount: + description: |- + Amount defines the maximum amount of allowed simultaneous in-flight request. + The middleware responds with HTTP 429 Too Many Requests if there are already amount requests in progress (based on the same sourceCriterion strategy). + format: int64 + type: integer + sourceCriterion: + description: |- + SourceCriterion defines what criterion is used to group requests as originating from a common source. + If several strategies are defined at the same time, an error will be raised. + If none are set, the default is to use the requestHost. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/inflightreq/#sourcecriterion + properties: + ipStrategy: + description: |- + IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + properties: + depth: + description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For + header and take the IP located at the depth position + (starting from the right). + type: integer + excludedIPs: + description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the + X-Forwarded-For header and select the first IP not in + the list. + items: + type: string + type: array + ipv6Subnet: + description: IPv6Subnet configures Traefik to consider + all IPv6 addresses from the defined subnet as originating + from the same IP. Applies to RemoteAddrStrategy and + DepthStrategy. + type: integer + type: object + requestHeaderName: + description: RequestHeaderName defines the name of the header + used to group incoming requests. + type: string + requestHost: + description: RequestHost defines whether to consider the request + Host as the source. + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + ipAllowList: + description: |- + IPAllowList holds the IP allowlist middleware configuration. + This middleware limits allowed requests based on the client IP. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/ + properties: + ipStrategy: + description: |- + IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + properties: + depth: + description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For + header and take the IP located at the depth position (starting + from the right). + type: integer + excludedIPs: + description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the X-Forwarded-For + header and select the first IP not in the list. + items: + type: string + type: array + ipv6Subnet: + description: IPv6Subnet configures Traefik to consider all + IPv6 addresses from the defined subnet as originating from + the same IP. Applies to RemoteAddrStrategy and DepthStrategy. + type: integer + type: object + rejectStatusCode: + description: |- + RejectStatusCode defines the HTTP status code used for refused requests. + If not set, the default is 403 (Forbidden). + type: integer + sourceRange: + description: SourceRange defines the set of allowed IPs (or ranges + of allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + ipWhiteList: + description: 'Deprecated: please use IPAllowList instead.' + properties: + ipStrategy: + description: |- + IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + properties: + depth: + description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For + header and take the IP located at the depth position (starting + from the right). + type: integer + excludedIPs: + description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the X-Forwarded-For + header and select the first IP not in the list. + items: + type: string + type: array + ipv6Subnet: + description: IPv6Subnet configures Traefik to consider all + IPv6 addresses from the defined subnet as originating from + the same IP. Applies to RemoteAddrStrategy and DepthStrategy. + type: integer + type: object + sourceRange: + description: SourceRange defines the set of allowed IPs (or ranges + of allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). Required. + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + passTLSClientCert: + description: |- + PassTLSClientCert holds the pass TLS client cert middleware configuration. + This middleware adds the selected data from the passed client TLS certificate to a header. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/passtlsclientcert/ + properties: + info: + description: Info selects the specific client certificate details + you want to add to the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert-Info header. + properties: + issuer: + description: Issuer defines the client certificate issuer + details to add to the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert-Info header. + properties: + commonName: + description: CommonName defines whether to add the organizationalUnit + information into the issuer. + type: boolean + country: + description: Country defines whether to add the country + information into the issuer. + type: boolean + domainComponent: + description: DomainComponent defines whether to add the + domainComponent information into the issuer. + type: boolean + locality: + description: Locality defines whether to add the locality + information into the issuer. + type: boolean + organization: + description: Organization defines whether to add the organization + information into the issuer. + type: boolean + province: + description: Province defines whether to add the province + information into the issuer. + type: boolean + serialNumber: + description: SerialNumber defines whether to add the serialNumber + information into the issuer. + type: boolean + type: object + notAfter: + description: NotAfter defines whether to add the Not After + information from the Validity part. + type: boolean + notBefore: + description: NotBefore defines whether to add the Not Before + information from the Validity part. + type: boolean + sans: + description: Sans defines whether to add the Subject Alternative + Name information from the Subject Alternative Name part. + type: boolean + serialNumber: + description: SerialNumber defines whether to add the client + serialNumber information. + type: boolean + subject: + description: Subject defines the client certificate subject + details to add to the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert-Info header. + properties: + commonName: + description: CommonName defines whether to add the organizationalUnit + information into the subject. + type: boolean + country: + description: Country defines whether to add the country + information into the subject. + type: boolean + domainComponent: + description: DomainComponent defines whether to add the + domainComponent information into the subject. + type: boolean + locality: + description: Locality defines whether to add the locality + information into the subject. + type: boolean + organization: + description: Organization defines whether to add the organization + information into the subject. + type: boolean + organizationalUnit: + description: OrganizationalUnit defines whether to add + the organizationalUnit information into the subject. + type: boolean + province: + description: Province defines whether to add the province + information into the subject. + type: boolean + serialNumber: + description: SerialNumber defines whether to add the serialNumber + information into the subject. + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + pem: + description: PEM sets the X-Forwarded-Tls-Client-Cert header with + the certificate. + type: boolean + type: object + plugin: + additionalProperties: + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + description: |- + Plugin defines the middleware plugin configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/plugins/ + type: object + rateLimit: + description: |- + RateLimit holds the rate limit configuration. + This middleware ensures that services will receive a fair amount of requests, and allows one to define what fair is. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/ratelimit/ + properties: + average: + description: |- + Average is the maximum rate, by default in requests/s, allowed for the given source. + It defaults to 0, which means no rate limiting. + The rate is actually defined by dividing Average by Period. So for a rate below 1req/s, + one needs to define a Period larger than a second. + format: int64 + type: integer + burst: + description: |- + Burst is the maximum number of requests allowed to arrive in the same arbitrarily small period of time. + It defaults to 1. + format: int64 + type: integer + period: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Period, in combination with Average, defines the actual maximum rate, such as: + r = Average / Period. It defaults to a second. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + sourceCriterion: + description: |- + SourceCriterion defines what criterion is used to group requests as originating from a common source. + If several strategies are defined at the same time, an error will be raised. + If none are set, the default is to use the request's remote address field (as an ipStrategy). + properties: + ipStrategy: + description: |- + IPStrategy holds the IP strategy configuration used by Traefik to determine the client IP. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/ipallowlist/#ipstrategy + properties: + depth: + description: Depth tells Traefik to use the X-Forwarded-For + header and take the IP located at the depth position + (starting from the right). + type: integer + excludedIPs: + description: ExcludedIPs configures Traefik to scan the + X-Forwarded-For header and select the first IP not in + the list. + items: + type: string + type: array + ipv6Subnet: + description: IPv6Subnet configures Traefik to consider + all IPv6 addresses from the defined subnet as originating + from the same IP. Applies to RemoteAddrStrategy and + DepthStrategy. + type: integer + type: object + requestHeaderName: + description: RequestHeaderName defines the name of the header + used to group incoming requests. + type: string + requestHost: + description: RequestHost defines whether to consider the request + Host as the source. + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + redirectRegex: + description: |- + RedirectRegex holds the redirect regex middleware configuration. + This middleware redirects a request using regex matching and replacement. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/redirectregex/#regex + properties: + permanent: + description: Permanent defines whether the redirection is permanent + (301). + type: boolean + regex: + description: Regex defines the regex used to match and capture + elements from the request URL. + type: string + replacement: + description: Replacement defines how to modify the URL to have + the new target URL. + type: string + type: object + redirectScheme: + description: |- + RedirectScheme holds the redirect scheme middleware configuration. + This middleware redirects requests from a scheme/port to another. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/redirectscheme/ + properties: + permanent: + description: Permanent defines whether the redirection is permanent + (301). + type: boolean + port: + description: Port defines the port of the new URL. + type: string + scheme: + description: Scheme defines the scheme of the new URL. + type: string + type: object + replacePath: + description: |- + ReplacePath holds the replace path middleware configuration. + This middleware replaces the path of the request URL and store the original path in an X-Replaced-Path header. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/replacepath/ + properties: + path: + description: Path defines the path to use as replacement in the + request URL. + type: string + type: object + replacePathRegex: + description: |- + ReplacePathRegex holds the replace path regex middleware configuration. + This middleware replaces the path of a URL using regex matching and replacement. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/replacepathregex/ + properties: + regex: + description: Regex defines the regular expression used to match + and capture the path from the request URL. + type: string + replacement: + description: Replacement defines the replacement path format, + which can include captured variables. + type: string + type: object + retry: + description: |- + Retry holds the retry middleware configuration. + This middleware reissues requests a given number of times to a backend server if that server does not reply. + As soon as the server answers, the middleware stops retrying, regardless of the response status. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/retry/ + properties: + attempts: + description: Attempts defines how many times the request should + be retried. + type: integer + initialInterval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + InitialInterval defines the first wait time in the exponential backoff series. + The maximum interval is calculated as twice the initialInterval. + If unspecified, requests will be retried immediately. + The value of initialInterval should be provided in seconds or as a valid duration format, + see https://pkg.go.dev/time#ParseDuration. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + stripPrefix: + description: |- + StripPrefix holds the strip prefix middleware configuration. + This middleware removes the specified prefixes from the URL path. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/stripprefix/ + properties: + forceSlash: + description: |- + Deprecated: ForceSlash option is deprecated, please remove any usage of this option. + ForceSlash ensures that the resulting stripped path is not the empty string, by replacing it with / when necessary. + Default: true. + type: boolean + prefixes: + description: Prefixes defines the prefixes to strip from the request + URL. + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + stripPrefixRegex: + description: |- + StripPrefixRegex holds the strip prefix regex middleware configuration. + This middleware removes the matching prefixes from the URL path. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/http/stripprefixregex/ + properties: + regex: + description: Regex defines the regular expression to match the + path prefix from the request URL. + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_middlewaretcps.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: middlewaretcps.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: MiddlewareTCP + listKind: MiddlewareTCPList + plural: middlewaretcps + singular: middlewaretcp + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + MiddlewareTCP is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TCP middleware. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/overview/ + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: MiddlewareTCPSpec defines the desired state of a MiddlewareTCP. + properties: + inFlightConn: + description: InFlightConn defines the InFlightConn middleware configuration. + properties: + amount: + description: |- + Amount defines the maximum amount of allowed simultaneous connections. + The middleware closes the connection if there are already amount connections opened. + format: int64 + type: integer + type: object + ipAllowList: + description: |- + IPAllowList defines the IPAllowList middleware configuration. + This middleware accepts/refuses connections based on the client IP. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/tcp/ipallowlist/ + properties: + sourceRange: + description: SourceRange defines the allowed IPs (or ranges of + allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + ipWhiteList: + description: |- + IPWhiteList defines the IPWhiteList middleware configuration. + This middleware accepts/refuses connections based on the client IP. + Deprecated: please use IPAllowList instead. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/middlewares/tcp/ipwhitelist/ + properties: + sourceRange: + description: SourceRange defines the allowed IPs (or ranges of + allowed IPs by using CIDR notation). + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_serverstransports.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: serverstransports.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: ServersTransport + listKind: ServersTransportList + plural: serverstransports + singular: serverstransport + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ServersTransport is the CRD implementation of a ServersTransport. + If no serversTransport is specified, the default@internal will be used. + The default@internal serversTransport is created from the static configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#serverstransport_1 + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: ServersTransportSpec defines the desired state of a ServersTransport. + properties: + certificatesSecrets: + description: CertificatesSecrets defines a list of secret storing + client certificates for mTLS. + items: + type: string + type: array + disableHTTP2: + description: DisableHTTP2 disables HTTP/2 for connections with backend + servers. + type: boolean + forwardingTimeouts: + description: ForwardingTimeouts defines the timeouts for requests + forwarded to the backend servers. + properties: + dialTimeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: DialTimeout is the amount of time to wait until a + connection to a backend server can be established. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + idleConnTimeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: IdleConnTimeout is the maximum period for which an + idle HTTP keep-alive connection will remain open before closing + itself. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + pingTimeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: PingTimeout is the timeout after which the HTTP/2 + connection will be closed if a response to ping is not received. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + readIdleTimeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: ReadIdleTimeout is the timeout after which a health + check using ping frame will be carried out if no frame is received + on the HTTP/2 connection. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseHeaderTimeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: ResponseHeaderTimeout is the amount of time to wait + for a server's response headers after fully writing the request + (including its body, if any). + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + insecureSkipVerify: + description: InsecureSkipVerify disables SSL certificate verification. + type: boolean + maxIdleConnsPerHost: + description: MaxIdleConnsPerHost controls the maximum idle (keep-alive) + to keep per-host. + type: integer + peerCertURI: + description: PeerCertURI defines the peer cert URI used to match against + SAN URI during the peer certificate verification. + type: string + rootCAsSecrets: + description: RootCAsSecrets defines a list of CA secret used to validate + self-signed certificate. + items: + type: string + type: array + serverName: + description: ServerName defines the server name used to contact the + server. + type: string + spiffe: + description: Spiffe defines the SPIFFE configuration. + properties: + ids: + description: IDs defines the allowed SPIFFE IDs (takes precedence + over the SPIFFE TrustDomain). + items: + type: string + type: array + trustDomain: + description: TrustDomain defines the allowed SPIFFE trust domain. + type: string + type: object + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_serverstransporttcps.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: serverstransporttcps.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: ServersTransportTCP + listKind: ServersTransportTCPList + plural: serverstransporttcps + singular: serverstransporttcp + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + ServersTransportTCP is the CRD implementation of a TCPServersTransport. + If no tcpServersTransport is specified, a default one named default@internal will be used. + The default@internal tcpServersTransport can be configured in the static configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#serverstransport_3 + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: ServersTransportTCPSpec defines the desired state of a ServersTransportTCP. + properties: + dialKeepAlive: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: DialKeepAlive is the interval between keep-alive probes + for an active network connection. If zero, keep-alive probes are + sent with a default value (currently 15 seconds), if supported by + the protocol and operating system. Network protocols or operating + systems that do not support keep-alives ignore this field. If negative, + keep-alive probes are disabled. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + dialTimeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: DialTimeout is the amount of time to wait until a connection + to a backend server can be established. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + terminationDelay: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: TerminationDelay defines the delay to wait before fully + terminating the connection, after one connected peer has closed + its writing capability. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + tls: + description: TLS defines the TLS configuration + properties: + certificatesSecrets: + description: CertificatesSecrets defines a list of secret storing + client certificates for mTLS. + items: + type: string + type: array + insecureSkipVerify: + description: InsecureSkipVerify disables TLS certificate verification. + type: boolean + peerCertURI: + description: |- + MaxIdleConnsPerHost controls the maximum idle (keep-alive) to keep per-host. + PeerCertURI defines the peer cert URI used to match against SAN URI during the peer certificate verification. + type: string + rootCAsSecrets: + description: RootCAsSecrets defines a list of CA secret used to + validate self-signed certificates. + items: + type: string + type: array + serverName: + description: ServerName defines the server name used to contact + the server. + type: string + spiffe: + description: Spiffe defines the SPIFFE configuration. + properties: + ids: + description: IDs defines the allowed SPIFFE IDs (takes precedence + over the SPIFFE TrustDomain). + items: + type: string + type: array + trustDomain: + description: TrustDomain defines the allowed SPIFFE trust + domain. + type: string + type: object + type: object + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_tlsoptions.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: tlsoptions.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: TLSOption + listKind: TLSOptionList + plural: tlsoptions + singular: tlsoption + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + TLSOption is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TLS Option, allowing to configure some parameters of the TLS connection. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/tls/#tls-options + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: TLSOptionSpec defines the desired state of a TLSOption. + properties: + alpnProtocols: + description: |- + ALPNProtocols defines the list of supported application level protocols for the TLS handshake, in order of preference. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/tls/#alpn-protocols + items: + type: string + type: array + cipherSuites: + description: |- + CipherSuites defines the list of supported cipher suites for TLS versions up to TLS 1.2. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/tls/#cipher-suites + items: + type: string + type: array + clientAuth: + description: ClientAuth defines the server's policy for TLS Client + Authentication. + properties: + clientAuthType: + description: ClientAuthType defines the client authentication + type to apply. + enum: + - NoClientCert + - RequestClientCert + - RequireAnyClientCert + - VerifyClientCertIfGiven + - RequireAndVerifyClientCert + type: string + secretNames: + description: SecretNames defines the names of the referenced Kubernetes + Secret storing certificate details. + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + curvePreferences: + description: |- + CurvePreferences defines the preferred elliptic curves in a specific order. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/tls/#curve-preferences + items: + type: string + type: array + maxVersion: + description: |- + MaxVersion defines the maximum TLS version that Traefik will accept. + Possible values: VersionTLS10, VersionTLS11, VersionTLS12, VersionTLS13. + Default: None. + type: string + minVersion: + description: |- + MinVersion defines the minimum TLS version that Traefik will accept. + Possible values: VersionTLS10, VersionTLS11, VersionTLS12, VersionTLS13. + Default: VersionTLS10. + type: string + preferServerCipherSuites: + description: |- + PreferServerCipherSuites defines whether the server chooses a cipher suite among his own instead of among the client's. + It is enabled automatically when minVersion or maxVersion is set. + Deprecated: https://github.com/golang/go/issues/45430 + type: boolean + sniStrict: + description: SniStrict defines whether Traefik allows connections + from clients connections that do not specify a server_name extension. + type: boolean + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_tlsstores.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: tlsstores.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: TLSStore + listKind: TLSStoreList + plural: tlsstores + singular: tlsstore + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + TLSStore is the CRD implementation of a Traefik TLS Store. + For the time being, only the TLSStore named default is supported. + This means that you cannot have two stores that are named default in different Kubernetes namespaces. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/https/tls/#certificates-stores + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: TLSStoreSpec defines the desired state of a TLSStore. + properties: + certificates: + description: Certificates is a list of secret names, each secret holding + a key/certificate pair to add to the store. + items: + description: Certificate holds a secret name for the TLSStore resource. + properties: + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes + Secret to specify the certificate details. + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + type: array + defaultCertificate: + description: DefaultCertificate defines the default certificate configuration. + properties: + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the referenced Kubernetes + Secret to specify the certificate details. + type: string + required: + - secretName + type: object + defaultGeneratedCert: + description: DefaultGeneratedCert defines the default generated certificate + configuration. + properties: + domain: + description: Domain is the domain definition for the DefaultCertificate. + properties: + main: + description: Main defines the main domain name. + type: string + sans: + description: SANs defines the subject alternative domain names. + items: + type: string + type: array + type: object + resolver: + description: Resolver is the name of the resolver that will be + used to issue the DefaultCertificate. + type: string + type: object + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/crds/traefik.io_traefikservices.yaml +--- +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + annotations: + controller-gen.kubebuilder.io/version: v0.16.1 + name: traefikservices.traefik.io +spec: + group: traefik.io + names: + kind: TraefikService + listKind: TraefikServiceList + plural: traefikservices + singular: traefikservice + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1alpha1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: |- + TraefikService is the CRD implementation of a Traefik Service. + TraefikService object allows to: + - Apply weight to Services on load-balancing + - Mirror traffic on services + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#kind-traefikservice + properties: + apiVersion: + description: |- + APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. + Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and + may reject unrecognized values. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources + type: string + kind: + description: |- + Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. + Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. + Cannot be updated. + In CamelCase. + More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: TraefikServiceSpec defines the desired state of a TraefikService. + properties: + mirroring: + description: Mirroring defines the Mirroring service configuration. + properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent to + the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname in the + Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the health + check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the health + check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status code + of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + kind: + description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. + enum: + - Service + - TraefikService + type: string + maxBodySize: + description: |- + MaxBodySize defines the maximum size allowed for the body of the request. + If the body is larger, the request is not mirrored. + Default value is -1, which means unlimited size. + format: int64 + type: integer + mirrorBody: + description: |- + MirrorBody defines whether the body of the request should be mirrored. + Default value is true. + type: boolean + mirrors: + description: Mirrors defines the list of mirrors where Traefik + will duplicate the traffic. + items: + description: MirrorService holds the mirror configuration. + properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent + to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname + in the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the + health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status + code of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + kind: + description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. + enum: + - Service + - TraefikService + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + type: string + nativeLB: + description: |- + NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. + The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. + By default, NativeLB is false. + type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean + passHostHeader: + description: |- + PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + By default, passHostHeader is true. + type: boolean + percent: + description: |- + Percent defines the part of the traffic to mirror. + Supported values: 0 to 100. + type: integer + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. + This can be a reference to a named port. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseForwarding: + description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards + the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the + client. + properties: + flushInterval: + description: |- + FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. + A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. + This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; + for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. + Default: 100ms + type: string + type: object + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. + type: string + serversTransport: + description: |- + ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. + It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. + Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. + type: string + sticky: + description: |- + Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie + can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. + type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge defines the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer + name: + description: Name defines the Cookie name. + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines the path that must exist in the requested URL for the browser to send the Cookie header. + When not provided the cookie will be sent on every request to the domain. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie#pathpath-value + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite defines the same site policy. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite + type: string + secure: + description: Secure defines whether the cookie can + only be transmitted over an encrypted connection + (i.e. HTTPS). + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + strategy: + description: |- + Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. + RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. + type: string + weight: + description: |- + Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object + (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + name: + description: |- + Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + type: string + nativeLB: + description: |- + NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. + The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. + By default, NativeLB is false. + type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean + passHostHeader: + description: |- + PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + By default, passHostHeader is true. + type: boolean + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. + This can be a reference to a named port. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseForwarding: + description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards the + response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the client. + properties: + flushInterval: + description: |- + FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. + A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. + This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; + for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. + Default: 100ms + type: string + type: object + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. + type: string + serversTransport: + description: |- + ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. + It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. + Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. + type: string + sticky: + description: |- + Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be + accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. + type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge defines the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer + name: + description: Name defines the Cookie name. + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines the path that must exist in the requested URL for the browser to send the Cookie header. + When not provided the cookie will be sent on every request to the domain. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie#pathpath-value + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite defines the same site policy. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite + type: string + secure: + description: Secure defines whether the cookie can only + be transmitted over an encrypted connection (i.e. HTTPS). + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + strategy: + description: |- + Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. + RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. + type: string + weight: + description: |- + Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object + (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + weighted: + description: Weighted defines the Weighted Round Robin configuration. + properties: + services: + description: Services defines the list of Kubernetes Service and/or + TraefikService to load-balance, with weight. + items: + description: Service defines an upstream HTTP service to proxy + traffic to. + properties: + healthCheck: + description: Healthcheck defines health checks for ExternalName + services. + properties: + followRedirects: + description: |- + FollowRedirects defines whether redirects should be followed during the health check calls. + Default: true + type: boolean + headers: + additionalProperties: + type: string + description: Headers defines custom headers to be sent + to the health check endpoint. + type: object + hostname: + description: Hostname defines the value of hostname + in the Host header of the health check request. + type: string + interval: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Interval defines the frequency of the health check calls. + Default: 30s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + method: + description: Method defines the healthcheck method. + type: string + mode: + description: |- + Mode defines the health check mode. + If defined to grpc, will use the gRPC health check protocol to probe the server. + Default: http + type: string + path: + description: Path defines the server URL path for the + health check endpoint. + type: string + port: + description: Port defines the server URL port for the + health check endpoint. + type: integer + scheme: + description: Scheme replaces the server URL scheme for + the health check endpoint. + type: string + status: + description: Status defines the expected HTTP status + code of the response to the health check request. + type: integer + timeout: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Timeout defines the maximum duration Traefik will wait for a health check request before considering the server unhealthy. + Default: 5s + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + type: object + kind: + description: Kind defines the kind of the Service. + enum: + - Service + - TraefikService + type: string + name: + description: |- + Name defines the name of the referenced Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + The differentiation between the two is specified in the Kind field. + type: string + namespace: + description: Namespace defines the namespace of the referenced + Kubernetes Service or TraefikService. + type: string + nativeLB: + description: |- + NativeLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the pods IPs or if the only child is the Kubernetes Service clusterIP. + The Kubernetes Service itself does load-balance to the pods. + By default, NativeLB is false. + type: boolean + nodePortLB: + description: |- + NodePortLB controls, when creating the load-balancer, + whether the LB's children are directly the nodes internal IPs using the nodePort when the service type is NodePort. + It allows services to be reachable when Traefik runs externally from the Kubernetes cluster but within the same network of the nodes. + By default, NodePortLB is false. + type: boolean + passHostHeader: + description: |- + PassHostHeader defines whether the client Host header is forwarded to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + By default, passHostHeader is true. + type: boolean + port: + anyOf: + - type: integer + - type: string + description: |- + Port defines the port of a Kubernetes Service. + This can be a reference to a named port. + x-kubernetes-int-or-string: true + responseForwarding: + description: ResponseForwarding defines how Traefik forwards + the response from the upstream Kubernetes Service to the + client. + properties: + flushInterval: + description: |- + FlushInterval defines the interval, in milliseconds, in between flushes to the client while copying the response body. + A negative value means to flush immediately after each write to the client. + This configuration is ignored when ReverseProxy recognizes a response as a streaming response; + for such responses, writes are flushed to the client immediately. + Default: 100ms + type: string + type: object + scheme: + description: |- + Scheme defines the scheme to use for the request to the upstream Kubernetes Service. + It defaults to https when Kubernetes Service port is 443, http otherwise. + type: string + serversTransport: + description: |- + ServersTransport defines the name of ServersTransport resource to use. + It allows to configure the transport between Traefik and your servers. + Can only be used on a Kubernetes Service. + type: string + sticky: + description: |- + Sticky defines the sticky sessions configuration. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/services/#sticky-sessions + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie + can be accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. + type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge defines the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer + name: + description: Name defines the Cookie name. + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines the path that must exist in the requested URL for the browser to send the Cookie header. + When not provided the cookie will be sent on every request to the domain. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie#pathpath-value + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite defines the same site policy. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite + type: string + secure: + description: Secure defines whether the cookie can + only be transmitted over an encrypted connection + (i.e. HTTPS). + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + strategy: + description: |- + Strategy defines the load balancing strategy between the servers. + RoundRobin is the only supported value at the moment. + type: string + weight: + description: |- + Weight defines the weight and should only be specified when Name references a TraefikService object + (and to be precise, one that embeds a Weighted Round Robin). + type: integer + required: + - name + type: object + type: array + sticky: + description: |- + Sticky defines whether sticky sessions are enabled. + More info: https://doc.traefik.io/traefik/v3.3/routing/providers/kubernetes-crd/#stickiness-and-load-balancing + properties: + cookie: + description: Cookie defines the sticky cookie configuration. + properties: + httpOnly: + description: HTTPOnly defines whether the cookie can be + accessed by client-side APIs, such as JavaScript. + type: boolean + maxAge: + description: |- + MaxAge defines the number of seconds until the cookie expires. + When set to a negative number, the cookie expires immediately. + When set to zero, the cookie never expires. + type: integer + name: + description: Name defines the Cookie name. + type: string + path: + description: |- + Path defines the path that must exist in the requested URL for the browser to send the Cookie header. + When not provided the cookie will be sent on every request to the domain. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie#pathpath-value + type: string + sameSite: + description: |- + SameSite defines the same site policy. + More info: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Set-Cookie/SameSite + type: string + secure: + description: Secure defines whether the cookie can only + be transmitted over an encrypted connection (i.e. HTTPS). + type: boolean + type: object + type: object + type: object + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + type: object + served: true + storage: true + +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/poddisruptionbudget.yaml +apiVersion: policy/v1beta1 +kind: PodDisruptionBudget +metadata: + name: traefik + namespace: default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm +spec: + selector: + matchLabels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + minAvailable: 1 +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/rbac/serviceaccount.yaml +kind: ServiceAccount +apiVersion: v1 +metadata: + name: traefik + namespace: default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm + annotations: +automountServiceAccountToken: false +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/rbac/clusterrole.yaml +kind: ClusterRole +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +metadata: + name: traefik-default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm +rules: + - apiGroups: + - "" + resources: + - nodes + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch + - apiGroups: + - "" + resources: + - services + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch + - apiGroups: + - discovery.k8s.io + resources: + - endpointslices + verbs: + - list + - watch + - apiGroups: + - "" + resources: + - secrets + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch + - apiGroups: + - extensions + - networking.k8s.io + resources: + - ingressclasses + - ingresses + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch + - apiGroups: + - extensions + - networking.k8s.io + resources: + - ingresses/status + verbs: + - update + - apiGroups: + - traefik.io + resources: + - ingressroutes + - ingressroutetcps + - ingressrouteudps + - middlewares + - middlewaretcps + - serverstransports + - serverstransporttcps + - tlsoptions + - tlsstores + - traefikservices + verbs: + - get + - list + - watch +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/rbac/clusterrolebinding.yaml +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +metadata: + name: traefik-default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: traefik-default +subjects: + - kind: ServiceAccount + name: traefik + namespace: default +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/service.yaml +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: traefik + namespace: default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm + annotations: +spec: + type: LoadBalancer + loadBalancerIP: 34.141.137.107 + selector: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + ports: + - port: 80 + name: web + targetPort: web + protocol: TCP + - port: 443 + name: websecure + targetPort: websecure + protocol: TCP +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/deployment.yaml +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: traefik + namespace: default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm + annotations: +spec: + selector: + matchLabels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + strategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + maxUnavailable: 0 + maxSurge: 1 + minReadySeconds: 0 + template: + metadata: + annotations: + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm + spec: + serviceAccountName: traefik + automountServiceAccountToken: true + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 60 + hostNetwork: false + containers: + - image: docker.io/traefik:v3.3.6 + imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent + name: traefik + resources: + limits: + cpu: 1000m + memory: 512Mi + requests: + cpu: 200m + memory: 256Mi + readinessProbe: + httpGet: + path: /ping + port: 8080 + scheme: HTTP + failureThreshold: 1 + initialDelaySeconds: 2 + periodSeconds: 10 + successThreshold: 1 + timeoutSeconds: 2 + livenessProbe: + httpGet: + path: /ping + port: 8080 + scheme: HTTP + failureThreshold: 3 + initialDelaySeconds: 2 + periodSeconds: 10 + successThreshold: 1 + timeoutSeconds: 2 + lifecycle: + ports: + - name: metrics + containerPort: 9100 + protocol: TCP + - name: traefik + containerPort: 8080 + protocol: TCP + - name: web + containerPort: 8000 + protocol: TCP + - name: websecure + containerPort: 8443 + protocol: TCP + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + volumeMounts: + - name: data + mountPath: /data + - name: tmp + mountPath: /tmp + args: + - "--global.checknewversion" + - "--global.sendanonymoususage" + - "--entryPoints.metrics.address=:9100/tcp" + - "--entryPoints.traefik.address=:8080/tcp" + - "--entryPoints.web.address=:8000/tcp" + - "--entryPoints.websecure.address=:8443/tcp" + - "--api.dashboard=true" + - "--ping=true" + - "--metrics.prometheus=true" + - "--metrics.prometheus.entrypoint=metrics" + - "--metrics.prometheus.addRoutersLabels=true" + - "--metrics.prometheus.addEntryPointsLabels=true" + - "--metrics.prometheus.addServicesLabels=true" + - "--providers.kubernetescrd" + - "--providers.kubernetescrd.allowEmptyServices=true" + - "--providers.kubernetesingress" + - "--providers.kubernetesingress.allowEmptyServices=true" + - "--providers.kubernetesingress.ingressendpoint.publishedservice=default/traefik" + - "--entryPoints.web.http.redirections.entryPoint.to=:443" + - "--entryPoints.web.http.redirections.entryPoint.scheme=https" + - "--entryPoints.web.http.redirections.entryPoint.permanent=true" + - "--entryPoints.websecure.http.tls=true" + - "--log.level=INFO" + - "--accesslog=true" + - "--accesslog.fields.defaultmode=keep" + - "--accesslog.fields.headers.defaultmode=drop" + + env: + - name: POD_NAME + valueFrom: + fieldRef: + fieldPath: metadata.name + - name: POD_NAMESPACE + valueFrom: + fieldRef: + fieldPath: metadata.namespace + - name: GOMAXPROCS + valueFrom: + resourceFieldRef: + resource: limits.cpu + divisor: '1' + - name: GOMEMLIMIT + valueFrom: + resourceFieldRef: + resource: limits.memory + divisor: '1' + volumes: + - name: data + emptyDir: {} + - name: tmp + emptyDir: {} + securityContext: + runAsGroup: 65532 + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 65532 + topologySpreadConstraints: + - labelSelector: + matchLabels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + maxSkew: 1 + topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/hpa.yaml +apiVersion: autoscaling/v2 +kind: HorizontalPodAutoscaler +metadata: + name: traefik + namespace: default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm +spec: + scaleTargetRef: + apiVersion: apps/v1 + kind: Deployment + name: traefik + minReplicas: 3 + maxReplicas: 5 +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/ingressclass.yaml +apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1 +kind: IngressClass +metadata: + annotations: + ingressclass.kubernetes.io/is-default-class: "true" + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm + name: traefik +spec: + controller: traefik.io/ingress-controller +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/ingressroute.yaml +apiVersion: traefik.io/v1alpha1 +kind: IngressRoute +metadata: + name: traefik-dashboard + namespace: default + annotations: + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm +spec: + entryPoints: + - traefik + routes: + - match: PathPrefix(`/dashboard`) || PathPrefix(`/api`) + kind: Rule + services: + - kind: TraefikService + name: api@internal +--- +# Source: traefik/templates/servicemonitor.yaml +apiVersion: monitoring.coreos.com/v1 +kind: ServiceMonitor +metadata: + name: traefik + namespace: default + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default + helm.sh/chart: traefik-35.2.0 + app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: Helm +spec: + jobLabel: traefik + endpoints: + - targetPort: metrics + path: /metrics + namespaceSelector: + matchNames: + - default + selector: + matchLabels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: traefik + app.kubernetes.io/instance: traefik-default diff --git a/chartvalidator/checker/utils.go b/chartvalidator/checker/utils.go index af65904..0f94c7c 100644 --- a/chartvalidator/checker/utils.go +++ b/chartvalidator/checker/utils.go @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ import ( "io/fs" "os" "path/filepath" - "runtime" "strings" ) @@ -33,10 +32,10 @@ func logEngine(level, engineName string, workerId int, message string) { // Split message into lines if it contains newlines lines := strings.Split(message, "\n") - + // Print first line with full prefix and color fmt.Printf("%s[%s]\t[%s Worker %d]\t%s%s\n", color, level, engineName, workerId, lines[0], colorReset) - + // Print additional lines with empty columns for alignment for i := 1; i < len(lines); i++ { fmt.Printf("\t\t%s\n", lines[i]) @@ -54,24 +53,6 @@ func logEngineWarning(engineName string, workerId int, message string) { logEngine("WARNING", engineName, workerId, message) } -func logEngineError(engineName string, workerId int, message string) { - logEngine("ERROR", engineName, workerId, message) -} - -// getJobCount returns the number of parallel jobs to run -func getJobCount() int { - if s := os.Getenv("KUBECONFORM_JOBS"); strings.TrimSpace(s) != "" { - if n, err := parseInt(s); err == nil && n > 0 { - return n - } - } - n := runtime.NumCPU() - if n <= 0 { - n = 4 - } - return n -} - // parseInt parses a string to integer, returning error if invalid func parseInt(s string) (int, error) { var n int @@ -84,11 +65,11 @@ func recreateOutputDir(outputDir string) error { if err := os.RemoveAll(outputDir); err != nil { return fmt.Errorf("failed to remove output directory: %w", err) } - + if err := os.MkdirAll(outputDir, 0755); err != nil { return fmt.Errorf("failed to create output directory: %w", err) } - + return nil } @@ -128,4 +109,4 @@ func findYAMLFiles(dir string) ([]string, error) { name := strings.ToLower(d.Name()) return strings.HasSuffix(name, ".yaml") || strings.HasSuffix(name, ".yml") }) -} \ No newline at end of file +}